Next Page: 10000

          Betting Against Amazon Stock Is a Bad Idea — Go Long      Cache   Translate Page      

InvestorPlace - Stock Market News, Stock Advice & Trading Tips

AMZN stock will do well through 2018. It recently proved doubters wrong by reaching the $1 trillion valuation with no letup in sight.

The post Betting Against Amazon Stock Is a Bad Idea — Go Long appeared first on InvestorPlace.


          Labour MPs attack left wing activists who told Jacob Rees-Mogg's children 'your daddy is a totally horrible person' - Telegraph.co.uk      Cache   Translate Page      

Telegraph.co.uk

Labour MPs attack left wing activists who told Jacob Rees-Mogg's children 'your daddy is a totally horrible person'
Telegraph.co.uk
Left wing activists have been criticised after ambushing Jacob Rees-Mogg and his family outside their home in London, telling his children their father was hated and a “horrible person”. Class activists accosted Mr Rees-Mogg and his family at their ...
Jacob Rees-Mogg nanny puts flea in ear of class warrior Ian BoneThe Times
The disturbing attack on Jacob Rees-Mogg's childrenSpectator.co.uk (blog)
One plus one equals a trillion in the Brexiters' theatre of the absurdThe Guardian

all 47 news articles »

          9/12/2018: NEWS IN FOCUS: Why Apple is set on new horizons      Cache   Translate Page      

IN just a few h o u rs ’ t i me, in Cupertino, California, the world’s first trillion-dollar company will reveal its latest products, the ones it hopes that we will find irresistible in the months to come. It’s Apple, of course, and the event is...
          Apple Debuts Health-Oriented Watch and Biggest iPhone Yet      Cache   Translate Page      
According to a report by Reuters, Apple has unveiled its largest iPhone ever, along with a new line of watches that can detect heart problems, as it looks to convince users to upgrade to more expensive devices amid stagnant global demand for smartphones. The strategy has helped Apple's stock improve nearly 30 percent this year, making it the first publicly traded US company to reach a market value of over 1 trillion-dollars.
          Apple Unveils Its Largest iPhone Along With Health-Oriented Watches      Cache   Translate Page      
According to a report by Reuters, on Wednesday, Apple unveiled larger iPhones and watches based on the design of current models, confirming expectations that the company would only be making minor changes to its lineup. The world's leading tech company wants users to upgrade to newer, more expensive models as a way to boost revenue as global demand for smartphones begins to taper off. Reuters reports that this strategy has helped Apple become the United States' first publicly-traded company to hit a market value of over 1-trillion-dollars earlier this year.
           Comment on Bloomington Citizens get to Fund Rent by Diane Benjamin - editor       Cache   Translate Page      
Obama had trillion dollar deficits. Where were you then?
           Comment on Bloomington Citizens get to Fund Rent by DaxDaxterson       Cache   Translate Page      
And your demeaning of Obama is sad. He's not president. Trump has been in office 14 months and added 1 trillion to debt. This country will spend $559 billion more than we take in under Trump. So no, spending is not "decreasing" not by a long shot. Actually, TARP laws passed BEFORE Obama took office, not after. Obama "prolonged" the recession? What, he wasn't working fast enough to get us out of the worst recession since 1929? That's rich. The fact that we were adding jobs at a very fast clip at the end of his administration belies your contention. "Overall, Obama took over a jobs market in crisis and ended up growing the labor market better than most of the modern US presidents." Business Insider Jan. 6 2017.
          What We Know About the Three New iPhones      Cache   Translate Page      

On Wednesday, Apple held a product launch event at its headquarters in Cupertino, California. Along with a sneak peak at the Apple Watch Series 4, CEO Tim Cook and his deputies unveiled three new smartphones: the iPhone XS, the iPhone XS Max, and the iPhone XR.

The XS and XS Max are the higher-end models, while the XR is a (sort of) budget option. A bevy of rumors and leaks had been swirling around the yet-to-be-released devices over the past few weeks, and Apple’s launch event now gives us a clearer sense of their specs and features.

Here’s a rundown of what we know about the new iPhones:

iPhone XS

Price: $999

Release Date: September 21

Screen: 5.8 inches, OLED display

Capacity: 64GB, 256GB, 512GB

Colors: Silver, Gold, Space Gray

Features: The XS has a 7-megapixel front-facing camera and a dual 12-megapixel wide-angle camera with telephoto lenses that features a host of new photo-editing capabilities, such as a depth-of-field adjuster.

Its A12 Bionic chip is supposed to allow the phone to process 5 trillion operations per second—the A11 in the iPhone X could only handle 600 billion. The dramatic increase in processing power enables the device to run better graphics, faster Face ID functionality, and more sophisticated augmented reality apps.

During the event, developers showed off a basketball app that can sense whether or not a player has made a shot just by using the camera. The XS also can also host a physical SIM and an eSIM, which allows people to access two different lines on the same phone. Like the Galaxy Note phones, the iPhone XS now also has an IP rating of 68, which means that it can still function after being dropped in a pool or splashed by orange juice. Its battery life is 30 minutes longer than that of the iPhone X.

iPhone XS Max

Price: $1099

Release Date: September 21

Screen: 6.5 inches, OLED

Capacity: 64GB, 256GB, 512GB

Colors: Space Gray, Silver, Gold

Features: The XS Max has all the same camera and processing doodads as the XS. The main differences between the two are the size and the battery life. For $100 more, the XS Max’s screen is .7 inches bigger and can run an hour longer on a single charge than the XS.

iPhone XR

Price: $749

Release Date: October 26

Screen: 6.1 inches, LCD

Capacity: 64GB, 128GB, 256GB

Colors: Black, Yellow, Coral, Blue, White, Red

Features: The XR is supposed to be the slightly more affordable version of the XS models. It has the same A12 Bionic chip (thus more sophisticated Face ID and augmented reality apps) and dual SIM capabilities.

However, it only has a single rear-facing camera and lacks 3D touch, a feature in other iPhone models that can sense how deeply a user is pressing the screen. And, rather than the XS’s stainless steel frame, the XR instead has an aluminum one. Its battery life is an hour and a half more than that of an iPhone 8.


          Trump Promises to Pay Off Debt, Increases It Massively Instead      Cache   Translate Page      
During the 2016 campaign when Trump said he would eliminate the entire federal debt in eight years and it would be “easy” to do, I laughed my butt off. No one could possibly be dumb enough to believe that, could they? That would require a $1.25 trillion surplus every year for eight years. But as […]
          The Tesla of China fails to raise the $1.8 billion it targeted in its US IPO (NIO)      Cache   Translate Page      

William Li China Nio

  • Chinese electric-car startup Nio, known as the Tesla of China, debuted for trading in the US on Wednesday.
  • Nio, backed by Chinese tech giant Tencent, failed to raise the $1.8 billion it targeted during its initial public offering.
  • Nio's fundraising is an example that shows China's ambition to become a dominant global electric-vehicle producer, Reuters says.

Chinese electric-car startup Nio, which has been touted as the Tesla of China, went public in the US on Wednesday, weeks after Tesla CEO Elon Musk openly said  he was considering taking his company private.

Shares of Nio debut with a sell-off, opening at $6 apiece or 4.2% below its initial-public-offering price of $6.26. The company raised $1 billion from the offering, falling short of the $1.8 billion target it had set.

iQiyi, known as the Netflix of China, is still the biggest US listing by a Chinese firm this year. iQiyi raised $2.42 billion from a Nasdaq IPO in March. Pinduoduo, an online group discounter, is the second largest at $1.63 billion. 

Nio, backed by Chinese tech giant Tencent, was founded by William Li in November 2014 as NextCar and changed its name in July 2017. Tencent, its largest investor, beneficially owns all the Class B ordinary shares and represents 21.5% of the voting power. Li retains 14.5% of the business and 48.3% of the voting power, according to Bizjournals, citing the electric-car maker's filing.

Nio's public fundraising shows China's ambition to become a dominant global electric-vehicle producer as the nation bids to reduce vehicle emissions, produce high-tech industries, and compete with the likes of Tesla and other electric-car makers, Reuters says. It notes that other electric-car makers in China, such as WM Motor Technology Co and Xpeng Motor, have also raised billions from heavyweight investors including tech giants Alibaba, Baidu, and Tencent.

While Nio just started trading in the US, its competitor Tesla has been under pressure since Musk tweeted on August 7 that he was considering taking his company private at $420 a share and had "funding secured." He later reversed course, but his tweets triggered a Securities and Exchange subpoena and relentless attacks from investors betting against the company.

Now read:

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: Everything we know about Samsung’s foldable phone


          China's pockets may not be deep enough to bail out emerging markets      Cache   Translate Page      

AP_18232179553108

  • China has extended easy credit to vulnerable countries.
  • But its pockets are not as deep as they once were, analysts say.
  • Lending to emerging markets could also face political backlash.

When Malaysia canceled two large-scale infrastructure projects backed by China last month, Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad said he was afraid the country could go bankrupt. As leader of a government that has tried to crowdfund its $250 billion of debt, that seems to be a reasonable concern.

"It’s all about borrowing too much money, which we cannot afford and cannot repay because we don’t need these projects in Malaysia," Mahathir told the New York Times in interviews about the projects, a rail link and a natural gas pipeline that had a collective price tag of more than $22 billion.

Malaysia is just the latest debt-ridden country to have been courted by Chinese lenders, a potential alternative to International Monetary Fund programs that can come with sweeping stipulations.

For example, China is Venezuela's largest creditor, lending the collapsing country more than $62 billion over the past decade. And just last week, President Xi Jinping offered countries in Africa another $60 billion in aid and loans.

But throwing life lines to emerging markets could be impractical for China in the long run, Nomura economists led by Ting Lu wrote in a recent note.

"China is still financially healthy, but its pockets are not as deep as they were," Lu wrote.

In the first three months of 2018, China ran its first current account-deficit since before joining the World Trade Organization in 2001. It rebounded by the second-quarter, but the setback raised questions about whether current-account deficits could occur more frequently in the future.

China's foreign-exchange reserves have fallen to roughly $3.1 trillion from $4 trillion in 2014. Meanwhile, hard-currency external debt has surged, with corporate offshore dollar bond issuance up about $500 billion during that same period.

"As China’s economy is becoming increasingly constrained by its own production capacity, EM imports from China financed by RMB borrowings would likely squeeze China’s exports, resulting, in our opinion, in a headline trade surplus that could overstate actual FX inflows, ultimately impairing China’s FX reserves," Lu wrote. 

Lending to emerging markets could also face political backlash as China faces an economic slowdown and as a trade war with the US continues to escalate. As Bloomberg Opinion columnist Shuli Ren recently wrote, "China’s shaky domestic economy may mean that it’s no longer politically viable for Beijing to keep being so generous."

For now though, China appears comfortable cozying up to emerging markets. The country been looking to expand economic ties abroad through its Belt and Road Initiative, a trillion-dollar investment venture that has infrastructure investment plans spanning across more than 60 countries.

A recent Pentagon report found the initiative is designed to shape interests to align with Beijing and to avoid confrontation and criticism. Involved countries could "develop economic dependence on Chinese capital, which China could leverage to achieve its interests," it said.

"They know that when they lend big sums of money to a poor country, in the end they may have to take the project for themselves," Mahathir told the Times.

SEE ALSO: 'If this tariff takes effect, we are out of business': Small companies warn of widespread layoffs and shutdowns if Trump doesn’t back down from a trade war with China

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: An aerospace company reintroduced its precision helicopter with two crossing motors


          What you need to know on Wall Street today      Cache   Translate Page      

Welcome to Finance Insider, Business Insider's summary of the top stories of the past 24 hours. Sign up here to get the best of Business Insider delivered direct to your inbox.

Jamie Dimon backtracks after claiming he 'could beat Trump' in an election

JPMorgan Chase CEO Jamie Dimon reversed course after taking aim at President Donald Trump during a JPMorgan event on Wednesday.

"I think I could beat Trump," Dimon said.

"Because I'm as tough as he is, I'm smarter than he is," he continued. "I would be fine. He could punch me all he wants, it wouldn't work with me. I'd fight right back."

But Dimon, a lifelong Democrat, also added that he could not win an election due to the "liberal side" of the Democratic Party.

Upstart exchange IEX snags its first listing from Nasdaq

IEX, the startup stock exchange made famous in Michael Lewis' book "Flash Boys," has snagged a listing from one of its larger rivals.

The New York firm, which gained stock-exchange approval in 2016, announced Wednesday that electronic brokerage Interactive Brokers will switch its listing venue from Nasdaq to IEX in October.

IEX, which was founded by Brad Katsuyama in 2012, is known for its speed-bump stock-trading model that aims to put the world's fastest trading firms on a level playing field with investors.

The cryptocurrency Ethereum crashed by over 8% on Wednesday, extending a slump for the asset and the wider market.

Ethereum was down 8.6% to $169.12 just after 9:30 a.m. GMT (4:30 a.m. ET), a level not seen since May 2017, when Ethereum was enjoying its first price surge of the year.

The cryptocurrency is down almost 30% over the past seven days and has mirrored a wider slump in the cryptocurrency market over the past two weeks.

This year's average Goldman Sachs intern is willing to pay $6 for avocado toast and admires Obama

Former US President Barack Obama is the most admired figure among this year's global class of Goldman Sachs interns.

Each year, the investment bank surveys its summer interns on topics as varied as their ambitions and their spending habits. Seventy-six percent of the 3,162 summer analysts and associates who interned at Goldman worldwide this summer responded to the questionnaire. Goldman published the results on Wednesday.

One of the more frivolous results indicated that the interns were willing to pay $6 on average for avocado toast, the popular millennial brunch dish.

Obama was the most popular choice as a role model, followed by Sheryl Sandberg, Nelson Mandela, and Steve Jobs.

In markets news

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: Everything we know about Samsung’s foldable phone


          Tesla jumps as its investor relations head gets ready to give a company update (TSLA)      Cache   Translate Page      

elon musk

  • Tesla shares jumped ahead of its investor relations head's presentation at a Morgan Stanley conference on Wednesday afternoon.
  • Shares have been under pressure over the past month, ever since CEO Elon Musk said he was looking into taking the electric-car maker private.
  • NIO, which has been touted as the Tesla of China, started trading in the US on Wednesday.
  • Watch Tesla trade in real time here.

Tesla jumped as much as 4.51% in Wednesday trading, ahead of its investor relations head's presentation at Morgan Stanley conference in Laguna Beach, California.

Tesla investor relations head Martin Viecha is schedule to give a company update at 2:45 p.m. ET at the annual conference.

Shares have been under pressure over the past month, in the wake of CEO Elon Musk's attempt to take the electric-car maker private

During an interview on Thursday, Musk was filmed smoking a spliff — marijuana mixed with tobacco. Following that, the company said Friday that its chief accountant, Dave Morton, had resigned Tuesday, and that Gaby Toledano, its human-resources chief, was extending a leave of absence.

Musk tweeted on August 7 that he was considering taking Tesla private at $420 a share and had "funding secured." He later reversed course, but his tweets triggered an SEC subpoena and relentless attacks from investors betting against the company.

And while Tesla was considering going private, Nio, which has been touted as the Tesla of China, started trading at in the US on Wednesday.

Tesla shares have lost 19% over the past month, and are down 8% this year.

Now read:

Tesla

 

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: An aerospace company reintroduced its precision helicopter with two crossing motors


          Education is the best investment for homeownership      Cache   Translate Page      

home sold signAP Photo/Bill Sikes

  • Millennials, many of which are recent college graduates and newcomers to the professional world, are the most educated generation in American history.
  • They will not regret investing the time and resources to earn that degree.
  • Higher education leads to higher income levels, significantly improving the likelihood that one can afford homeownership.  

Whether students are beginning middle school or their last year of college, back-to-school season is here. Although many students may grimace when they hear “back to school,” they won’t regret pursuing a higher education as adults as they compete for well-paying jobs and one day, hopefully, buy a home.


"Although millennials may delay buying their first home longer than prior generations, those that invested in a higher education are far more likely to realize the return on their great investment – purchasing their first home." 


Millennials, many of which are recent college graduates and newcomers to the professional world, are the most educated generation in American history. According to PEW Research, only 22 percent of men and 20 percent of women baby boomers between the ages of 21-36 years old had earned their bachelor’s degree. For millennials in 2017, 29 percent of men and 36 percent of women between the ages of 21-36 years old have already earned a bachelor’s degree or higher.

See the rest of the story at Business Insider

NOW WATCH: The Samsung Galaxy Note 9 is a $1,000 phone that's actually worth it

See Also:

SEE ALSO: A Wall Street expert dispels a huge myth about the $5 trillion ETF market — and explains why tech employees are the big winners of the industry's explosion


          Everything Apple announced at its iPhone XS event      Cache   Translate Page      

Today was Apple’s big hardware event and the trillion dollar company had quite a lot to share about the future of some of its most profitable product lines. While Apple boasted how its products had been completely redesigned and re-engineered, in reality, what was most notable about today’s Apple event is how Apple is choosing […]

The post Everything Apple announced at its iPhone XS event appeared first on DailyScene.com | .


          Here’s how Apple’s stock fared during today’s big hardware event      Cache   Translate Page      

Apple announced a whole bunch of new products today at its fancy Cupertino campus in what was its first hardware event since becoming a $1 trillion company. The company proudly unveiled the iPhone XS, the iPhone XS Max, the Apple Watch Series 4 and more. The stock market behaved as we expected. Apple’s stock spent much […]

The post Here’s how Apple’s stock fared during today’s big hardware event appeared first on DailyScene.com | .


          Climate Change and Big Money for New Technology      Cache   Translate Page      

California leads the nation in reducing greenhouse emissions, but Governor Jerry Brown concedes that’s just the beginning. Will his global conference on climate change make any difference? Not without trillions of dollars, which will have to come from private investors. We’ll hear about some exotic technologies attracting that kind of money.      


          Apple’s new iPhones don’t look different, but they’re made to feel different      Cache   Translate Page      

apple_iphone_keynote_2018_layout

Apple’s new iPhones don’t look different, but they’re made to feel different

If you were entering the Keynote expecting that Apple, as a trillion dollar company, or as a company that just crossed a ‘decade since launching its...

          Live Coverage of Apple's iPhone XS, iPhone XR, and Apple Watch Event      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple's "Gather round" event at the Steve Jobs Theater at Apple Park begins at 10:00 a.m. Pacific Time, where it is widely expected to unveil three new iPhones (XS, XS Max, and XR) as well as new, slightly larger Apple Watch models.

Steve Jobs Theater via Apple CEO Tim Cook

We should also be hearing final details and the official release date for iOS 12, and likely macOS Mojave, watchOS 5, and tvOS 12 as well. And, of course, there may be other announcements and surprises in the cards.

Apple itself leaked a number of details this morning by prematurely updating its store site maps, and we have a summary of what's been revealed right here.

Apple is providing a live video stream on its website, via the Apple Events app on Apple TV, and on Twitter. We've shared instructions on how to watch along with a list of when the keynote starts in time zones around the world.

In addition to Apple's video stream, we will be updating this article with live blog coverage—no need to refresh—and issuing Twitter updates through our @MacRumorsLive account as the keynote unfolds.

Highlights from the event and separate news stories regarding today's announcements will go out through our @MacRumors account.

Sign up for our newsletter to keep up with Apple news and rumors.



Apple's online store is currently down in advance of the event. It should be accessible again shortly after the keynote.

Live blog in chronological order is after the jump.

8:26 am: Members of the press are checking in and milling around waiting to be admitted to the theater. As usual, Apple is providing light breakfast options.










8:31 am: Apple staff members currently blocking access to the actual theater.

9:15 am: The crowd is continuing to gather. Apple should be opening up the theater shortly.

9:22 am: Apple has opened the stairs, and members of the press are now heading down to the theater.




9:56 am: Five minutes to showtime!

10:01 am: Event is getting started with a video showing people heading down to the theater.

10:03 am: Mission: Impossible themed video showing someone rushing a last-minute item from Apple Park to the theater. Kevin Lynch beams himself directly to the theater using his watch.

10:04 am: Apple employee's badge denied access to backstage at the theater, but Kevin Lynch materializes to let her in. Tim Cook opens the briefcase and takes out his presentation clicker.


10:06 am: Cook giving an intro. We've reinvented several product categories, retail, etc. Showing Apple Piazza Liberty in Milan. Over 500 million visitors per year at Apple stores. We love that so many customers have the chance to experience our products there. We aim to put the customer at the center of everything we do.


10:07 am: We're about to ship our 2 billionth iOS device. iOS has changed the way we live, learn, work. It's changed entertainment, how we shop, how we stay in touch with each other. It's only fitting that today we're going to tell you about two of our most personal products. The ones that go with you everywhere.

10:07 am: Starting with Apple Watch.




10:09 am: This category didn't even exist a few years ago. Apple Watch is now the #1 watch, period. It's redefined what a watch can do for you. It's become indispensable for millions of people around the world. Jeff Williams on stage.

10:10 am: Apple Watch is becoming indispensable in three areas: communication, fitness, and health. Talking about heart rate monitoring..."an intelligent guardian for your health."

10:10 am: We're taking Apple Watch to the next level in all of these areas.

10:11 am: Intro video for next generation of Apple Watch.




10:12 am: Apple Watch Series 4. Everything about it has been redesigned and reengineered. It's just beautiful.




10:13 am: Stunning new display pushed right to the corners. Screens are significantly larger...over 30% larger. Minimal size increase, but it's thinner, so volume is actually less.




10:14 am: Brand-new watch face with up to 8 complications. Customize with the things you care about. Add loved ones and tap their faces to connect. Track time zones. Create the ultimate health and fitness watch. Modular face also redesigned with more detail from stock and third-party apps.


10:14 am: Breathe app is now available as a watch face. Raise your wrist, and it will guide you through a breathing sessions. Three breathe faces available.


10:15 am: New fire, water, and vapor faces offer dynamic visuals behind the watch hands.



10:16 am: Digital crown reengineered with haptic feedback. Speaker is 50% louder, which is great for phone calls, Walkie-Talkie, and Siri. Back is made entirely of black ceramic and sapphire crystal. Radio waves can now pass through front and back for improved cellular reception.




10:17 am: Series 4 is just as impressive on the inside. S4 package with 64-bit dual-core processor up to 2x faster.

10:18 am: Accelerometer and gyroscope have 2x the dynamic range with 8x faster sampling and up to 32 g-forces.







10:19 am: Apple Watch Series 4 can automatically detect falls. We did studies with thousands of people and captured data on real-world falls. There are repeatable motions involved to falls, trips, and slips, and the watch can detect them. It can then alert you and offer an Emergency SOS call. Will start call automatically if you're immobile for a minute after the fall.


10:21 am: Optical heart sensor has been integral since the beginning. Count calories, measure heart rate, and high heart rate notifications. Announcing three new heart features. First, low heart rate notification. Low heart rate can be a sign of something serious if not enough blood being pumped.


10:21 am: Second, Apple Watch can screen heart rhythm in the background and can notify you if it detects atrial fibrillation.


10:22 am: Third feature is with a new electrocardiogram (ECG) sensor in the back of the watch. First over-the-counter ECG product offered directly to consumers.





10:23 am: Can take an ECG anytime, anywhere. Open the app, and put your finger on the digital crown. Takes 30 seconds and gives you a heart rhythm classifications...sinus rhythm, atrial fibrillation. Results all stored and can be shared as a PDF with your doctor.

10:25 am: Ivor Benjamin, president of the American Heart Association, on stage. Applauds Apple's commitment to health. People often report symptoms that are absent during a doctor's visit. On-demand ECG is game-changing, especially for atrial fibrillation, which can increase risk of stroke, heart failure, and other complications.




10:27 am: Jeff Williams back on stage. It's great to have the support of the AHA, and we've also received clearance from the FDA. This is the first of its kind. Also, the irregular heart rhythm feature has received FDA clearance. Both features will be available in the U.S. later this year.


10:27 am: It's amazing to think the watch you wear everyday can now take an ECG.

10:28 am: Your personal data remains protected. You should decide who gets to see it. All data is encrypted on device and in the cloud.






10:29 am: Recapping features of the Apple Watch Series 4. You're probably wondering about battery life. Same 18-hour battery life customers have become used to. Increased outdoor workout battery life to six hours.

10:29 am: Showing another Apple Watch video. Jony Ive discussing the redesign and reengineering.


10:31 am: We've developed and refined the form, also making it thinner. New display is seamlessly integrated. The interface has been redesigned for the new display...more information with richer detail. Navigating with digital crown has been entirely reengineered with haptic feedback. New Apple-designed electrical sensor for ECG...a momentous achievement for a wearable device.


10:32 am: Accelerometer, gyroscope, and altimeter give you the ability to track more. Cellular capabilities give you more freedom. Series 4 is a device so powerful, personal, liberating...it can change the way you live each day.






10:33 am: Jeff Williams back on stage. Series 4 available in silver. gold, and space gray aluminum. Stainless steel is even more beautiful...silver, space gray, and gold. All band styles fit all generations of Apple Watch.


10:34 am: Nike+ has been optimized with full-screen interface. Nike Sport Loops have reflective yarn for better visibility. New Hermes models.

10:34 am: Series 4 starts at $399, cellular at $499. Series 3 sticking around starting at $279.










10:35 am: Order starting Friday, available September 21. Series 3 at new prices available right after the show. watchOS 5 available September 17. That's Apple Watch, and now back to Tim.

10:36 am: Showing Apple Watch Series 4 commercial set to the Hokey Pokey.


10:37 am: We love what Apple Watch is doing to get the world moving. Now let's talk about iPhone.


10:38 am: Recapping iPhone X technology and capabilities. So many technologies, all powered by most advanced mobile operating system. iPhone became number one smartphone in the world. Also most loved with 98% customer satisfaction.

10:38 am: Today we're going to take iPhone X to the next level. By far the most advanced smartphone we've ever created. Showing intro video of new iPhone with gold finish.




10:39 am: This is iPhone Xs. Phil Schiller coming up to tell you about it.






10:40 am: It is made of surgical grade stainless steel. Gorgeous new gold finish. Most beautiful iPhone we've ever made. Most durable glass ever in a smartphone. Three finishes: gold, silver, space gray. IP68 protects against water up to 2 meters up to 30 minutes.

10:41 am: Tested in many different liquids, even beer. Some of the most fun, intense testing we get to do.


10:41 am: 5.8" Super Retina OLED display. Plus-size display in a smaller design. So many customers love that. And it looks incredible.








10:43 am: 60% greater dynamic range in display. Not just one, but two sizes available. New 6.5" model. 2688x1242. Same size phone as current Plus size, but bigger display. What's bigger than plus size? iPhone Xs Max.




10:44 am: HDR displays, 120 Hz touch sensing, 3D Touch, tap to wake, True Tone, Wide color.




10:44 am: Stereo sound better than any iPhone to date. Wider field...great for movies, games, and music.




10:45 am: Face ID is a huge step forward. So much technology in that little space. Designed with multiple neural networks so it's secure and seamless. On iPhone Xs has faster algorithms and faster Secure Enclave. Most secure facial authentication ever in a smartphone.


10:46 am: Powering Face ID is our A-series chip. What the team has done is truly breakthrough. A12 Bionic. Industry's first 7nm chip.




10:48 am: Packed with 6.9 billion transistors. 6-core CPU, 4-core GPU, neural engine. CPU has 2 high performance and 4 high efficiency cores. GPU is up to 50% faster. Real blow away thing is the neural engine. 8-core dedicated machine learning engine with smart compute to determined where to run a task.


10:48 am: A11 could process 600 billion operations per second. A12 can process 5 trillion.


10:49 am: Next-generation image signal processor, HEVC encoder/decoder, faster memory controller for up to 512 GB of storage.


10:49 am: A12 Bionic without question the smartest and most powerful in a smartphone. Enables so many great experiences that weren't possible before.


10:52 am: Apps launch up to 30% faster on A12 Bionic. Apps and processes that rely on machine learning...we've used it for years, but what's remarkable this year is it unlocks the power of real-time machine learning. Portrait mode, Animojis, immersive AR, and new Clips app coming this fall will all benefit.

10:53 am: Siri Shortcuts will let you get more done. Demoing "keynote day" shortcut. Launches Home app scene, orders coffee, starts Apple Music playlists, gets directions.






10:54 am: Opening up neural engine to Core ML, which gets up to 9x faster on 1/10th the energy. Frees up GPU for other features like AR, which is another area we're focusing on this year.

10:55 am: ARKit 2, new Measure app, AR Quick Look brings items into the real-world with just a tap.

10:55 am: A12 Bionic enables next-generation apps. We've got three developers to briefly show you. Todd Howard from Bethesda Game Studios on stage for a demo.


10:56 am: I wrote my first game when I was 12 on an Apple II. It's amazing how far we've come. We can now start reaching for games that are more than simple diversions. Let's take a look at new Elder Scrolls game, Blades.


10:57 am: We can pull out all of the detail you'd usually miss from the light and the dark. Lighting can bounce off of the wall. Even reflect off of your sword. We can use stereo widening on the new iPhone to hear the forest around you without headphones.


10:58 am: What used to be limited to your living room is now available on your phone. We can pull off some incredible environments that just weren't possible before.

10:59 am: It's not just immersive, it transports you. Blades coming to iOS this fall. Available for pre-order now.


11:00 am: David Lee from Nex Team and NBA hall of famer Steve Nash on stage to talk about Homecourt.




11:01 am: New tool to revolutionize basketball training. Recognizes hoop and court automatically, then tracks makes and misses, drawn as an overlay on the court. Real-time player detection. Shot science...measures shooting form and more to analyze performance.

11:02 am: Gives players immediate feedback on form, release time, and more. As players train with real-time feedback, they gain muscle memory. Great for beginners and pros. Shipping as an update this fall.




11:03 am: Atli Mar from Directive Games on stage to introduce AR-generated arcade cabinet. And with multi-player AR, everybody can experience it together. Showing Galaga AR.


11:06 am: Now back to Phil. Talking about camera. You all know it's the most popular smartphone camera, and for great reason.

11:06 am: Showing a portrait mode photo that appeared on the cover of Time magazine.


11:09 am: You are going to be blown away with iPhone Xs dual camera system. 12MP wide-angle with all-new sensor, 12MP telephoto. Improved True Tone flash. On the front, TrueDepth 7MP camera has new sensor as well. Image signal processor works with CPU to set exposure, white balance, focus, noise reduction, etc. A12 Bionic does this better than before, but also connects it to the neural engine to do better face detection, facial landmarking with instant red-eye reduction, and better segmentation for portrait mode. 1 trillion operations per photo.






11:10 am: New Smart HDR feature. Takes HDR so much further. If subject is moving, A12 shoots a 4-frame buffer and interframes to bring out details. Plus a long exposure for better shadow detail. Automatically selects best parts of each and combines them for beautiful photos.












11:14 am: Showing examples of Smart HDR photos. Now showing breakthrough bokeh capabilities. New depth slider in portrait mode to adjust depth of field after taking the picture.




11:16 am: iPhone Xs has four microphones to record stereo sound. Showing demo video of cyclists.








11:17 am: Battery life: iPhone Xs has up to 30 minutes more than iPhone X. iPhone Xs Max up to 90 minutes longer than iPhone X.




11:19 am: Dual SIM capability...keep two phone numbers, two different plans, or travel with local plan. Dual SIM Dual Standby (DSDS): both lines are active, and whichever gets the call goes active. Uses eSIM, and software helps you easily keep track od which line is which. Needs carrier support, and we're working with many to roll it out this fall. Physical SIM and eSIM worldwide on Xs and Xs Max, except in China, where it's dual physical SIMs.


11:21 am: Recapping iPhone Xs features. Lisa Jackson on stage to talk environmental friendliness.

11:23 am: Apple now runs on 100% renewable energy. That includes Apple Park with solar panels and directed biogas. But also our data centers. People said it couldn't be done, but we did it. Now we're on to our next challenge...ending mining of materials. So let's take a look at material innovations in iPhone Xs. Now using recycled tin in the logic board. This prevents mining of over 10,000 tons of tin ore per year. Reducing use of traditional plastics and transitioning to recycled and bio-based.

11:25 am: Focus on durability. Everything back to the iPhone 5s runs iOS 12, and keeping devices longer is the best thing for the planet. And when you're done, we have Apple GiveBack. Bring it in or mail it in, and we'll assess it. Either give you value if it can be reused, or recycle it.

11:26 am: Phil back on stage. So iPhone Xs, iPhone Xs Max. They are stunning, best phones we've ever made. We want to reach as many customers as we can, so that's why we're excited to show you one more iPhone. Video time!






11:27 am: So excited to introduce you to the iPhone Xr. 7000 series aerospace grade aluminum. Incredible new finishes...white, black, blue, coral, yellow.






11:29 am: Even a Product Red one. All of these have IP67 protection against dust and liquids. Display is what strikes you. LCD, but for the first time goes edge to edge. Most advanced LCD ever in a smartphone...calling it Liquid Retina. 6.1" on the diagonal 1792x828, 326 ppi.






11:30 am: Tap to wake, 120 Hz touch sensitivity, True Tone, wide color, no home button. Same gestures as iPhone X. No 3D Touch, but new feature called Haptic touch. Face ID.






11:32 am: Faster Face ID algorithms, faster Secure Enclave. A12 Bionic chip with real-time machine learning. 12MP single camera. Same exact wide-angle camera as in Xs and Xs Max.




11:32 am: Can do portrait mode photos, showing examples. Same bokeh as Xs and Xs Max, and depth control.


11:34 am: TrueDepth camera with portrait selfies. Battery life 90 minutes longer than iPhone 8 Plus.




11:35 am: Huge day for iPhone...three new models. Showing a product video with Jony Ive.


11:38 am: iPhone Xs is completely uncompromising. iPhone Xs Max has the largest display ever on an iPhone. Custom developed stainless steel in three finishes including new gold. Better water and dust resistance, most durable glass ever on a smartphone. Face ID reinvents secure unlock, login, and payments. A12 Bionic is the smartest and most powerful chip ever in a smartphone. More advanced dual camera system and neural engine takes us to a new era of photography. Smart HDR gives us images like never before.


11:39 am: iPhone Xr integrates the same breakthrough technologies. Entirely new range of finishes. All-screen Liquid Retina display is most advanced and color accurate display in smartphone. Machine learning can recognize subjects, depth of field is adjustable, and more.

11:40 am: iPhone Xr in 64/128/256 GB options starting at $749. Pre-order October 19, shipping October 26.










11:41 am: iPhone Xs in 64/256/512 GB, starts at $999. iPhone Xs Max in same configurations starting at $1099. Pre-order September 14, ships September 21. Second wave comes just a week later on September 28. Fastest geographic rollout we've ever had.


11:41 am: iPhone 7 and 7 Plus from $449, iPhone 8 and 8 Plus from $599.






11:42 am: iOS 12 launches Monday.


11:43 am: Tim Cook back on stage with brief HomePod update. Talking about stereo pairing and AirPlay 2. Identify songs by lyrics, multiple timers, make and receive calls, find your iPhone. Apple TV to get Dolby Atmos. Updates coming Monday.


11:44 am: macOS Mojave coming September 24.

11:44 am: Tim is now recapping today's announcements.


11:46 am: Tim thanking everyone for watching, and everyone at Apple. Event is over.


Discuss this article in our forums


          The Elusive Quest for Additionality      Cache   Translate Page      

After toiling away for decades in relative obscurity, DFIs have found themselves thrust into the limelight and told to transform “billions to trillions,” to fill the yawning SDG financing gap.

Author(s): 
Paddy Carter

          How Apple has improved the new iPhone Xs camera      Cache   Translate Page      

Apple announced the iPhone Xs and the iPhone Xs Max today, and a key part of the upgraded iPhones is the camera. The dual camera system has a 12-megapixel wide lens and a 12-megapixel telephoto lens with improved true tone LED flash. The front camera is still a 7-megapixel lens, but it is twice as fast as the previous generation. The company said that it has improved image signal processing through the new A12 bionic chip, so there is better red-eye reduction, segmentation of details like hair and glasses, improved autofocus, noise reduction, and more. The chip is capable of 1 trillion…

This story continues at The Next Web

Or just read more coverage about: iPhone,Apple

          Apple iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max Launched      Cache   Translate Page      

The much awaited successor to the iPhone X is here. Apple has launched the brand new iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max, shedding the ‘Plus’ tag for its smartphone.

Design:

 

The devices are made of surgical grade stainless steel and have a gold finish on the front and glass back. The devices also have rounded corners. Apple claims to have used the most durable glass ever in a smartphone for the display. The devices also have a silver and space grey finish other than the gold finish. The iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max have IP68 dust and water protection.

Display:

The iPhone Xs has a Super Retina OLED, 5.8 inch display. This is a bigger display than the iPhone 8 Plus but an overall smaller device in size. The device has a native resolution of 2436 x 1125 pixels and a pixel density of 458 ppi.

The iPhone Xs Max has a massive 6.5 inch with a Super Retina OLED display. The display has a resolution of 2688 x 1242 and a pixel density of 458 ppi. The massive size of the iPhone Xs Max allows for a ‘split view’ in some apps while the device is in the horizontal position. This allows for more utility in one app.

The screen on both the devices have a 60 % greater dynamic range, offering better experiences than before.The devices also continue to support 3D touching and have True Tone display.

Processor:

The iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max use the highly anticipated A12 Bionic chip. This is the first 7 nanometer production chip in a smartphone and houses  6.9 billion transistors.  The iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max have a 6 core CPU. This consists of 2 high performance cores and 4 high efficiency cores. This makes the new iPhone 15 % faster while using 40 % lower power.

The GPU has 4 cores and is  50 % faster than A11 bionic. This gives a  huge jump in graphics, according to Apple. The Neural engine has an 8 core design compared to 2 cores on the A11. It also has Dedicated Machine Learning.

The new A12 bionic can process 5 trillion operations per second. The devices will be available in storage options of upto 512 GB internal storage.The A12 bionic also improves the daily use of the device. It helps apps launch upto 30% faster. Providing a smoother every day experience.

Camera:

 

The iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max have a dual rear camera setup. Apple has improved this setup and it features a 12 MP wide lens and a 12 Mp telephoto lens. This is supported by an improved true tone flash.The devices use larger sensors and the lenses have an aperture of f/1.8.The smartphones also have Optical Image Stabilisation

The front camera setup hosts a 7 MP sensor. The front true depth system contains the sensor along with an IR camera and dot projector. This also provides depth in selfie portraits.

The new A12 bionic has an Image signal processor (ISP). This works to automatically adjust exposure, white balance, focus, noise reduction, and many more features whenever an image is taken.The chip also connects the [...]

The post Apple iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max Launched appeared first on iGyaan Network.


          Apple Unveils iPhone XS And iPhone XS Max With Dual-SIM Support      Cache   Translate Page      
[Click here to view the video in this article]



Apple kicked off its ‘Gather Round’ flagship event on Wednesday, finally unleashing its new iPhones. Fans had a lot of fun guessing the names of iPhone X’s successors, and can now put their uncertainties to rest with the iPhone XS, iPhone XS Max, and iPhone XR.

“iPhone Tennis” jokes aside, 2018’s higher-end iPhone XS models are extensions of 2017’s iPhone X, and come with OLED screens, the notch, 3D Touch, and TrueDepth technology powering Face ID.

What sets them apart, though, is their supercharged performance, dual-SIM support, and ‘Super Retina’ resolutions.

They’re also decked in surgical-grade stainless steel, have IP68 water resistance, and are available in silver, space gray, as well as a new gold sheen.

Have a closer look at the new generation of flagship iPhones below.




Display



The iPhone XS has a 5.8-inch ‘Super Retina’ OLED display with a resolution of 2436 x 1125, and remarkably has 60-percent higher color dynamic than the iPhone X.

The iPhone XS Max, on the other hand, has Apple’s largest smartphone display yet with a ‘Super Retina’ OLED screen measuring 6.5 inches, as well as a 2688 x 1242 resolution. While it’s the same size as the iPhone 8, the end-to-end screen means there’s more to be seen.


Performance

This year, Apple decided to double down on performance. The XS models run on the new ‘A12 Bionic’ chip that promises to be 15-percent faster than the A11 chip—which Apple says was already the quickest processor in the smartphone industry—and with 40-percent less power.

To give you an idea of A12’s prowess, Apple says that while the A11 could run 600 million operations, the new chip can launch five trillion. The iPhones XS and XS Max are thus able to launch apps 30-percent quicker than iPhone X.

Apart from its speed, the all-new processor allows for machine learning to be processed 900-percent faster, sharpening the visual quality of features like ‘Memoji’ and Group ‘FaceTime’.

Coupled with the new iOS 12 performance updates, the two iPhones are expected to launch apps 30-percent faster.


Battery

The iPhone XS lasts 30 minutes longer than the iPhone X, which supposedly stayed alive for about 11 hours on a full charge.

The iPhone XS Max runs a little longer, and lasts about an hour-and-a-half longer than the iPhone X.


Camera



The iPhones are equipped with 12MP wide-angle dual-rear cameras and 7MP front cameras, which means they haven’t deviated much in physical design from that of the iPhone X.



More notably, Apple has introduced an all-powerful ‘Smart HDR’ feature, which snaps more photos at various exposures, including long exposures. The camera then chooses the best frames to stitch into the perfect picture.

Phil Schiller, Apple’s senior vice president of worldwide marketing, pointed out that you’re typically not supposed to point your camera at the sun, but ‘Smart HDR’ defies the odds by meticulously refining highlights and shadows in the image below.



There’s now also an option to toggle the depth-of-field of your snapshots for a more atmosphere feel. It’s the “new era of photography,” Schiller said.






Storage

Both iPhones can hold up to 512GB of storage, thanks to the new A12 chip. They’re also available in 64GB and 256GB options.


Dual-SIM Support



At long last, Apple has decided to pack its iPhones XS and XS Max with dual-SIM support, and it has its own name: ‘Dual SIM Dual Standby’ (DSDS).

Now, you’ll be able to have two different numbers and two different mobile carriers in one iPhone—perfect for work purposes. During incoming calls, the feature also lets you know which line is being called, so you’ll be able to ignore clients during vacations.


Colors



Both iPhones XS and XS Max come in three colorways: a brand new ‘Gold’, ‘Space Gray’, and ‘Silver’.


Price



Similar to last year’s iPhone X, the iPhone XS starts at US$999. The XS Max, on the other hand, starts at US$1,099.

Additionally, Apple removed the original iPhone X from its lineup, and has brought the starting prices of the home button-equipped iPhones 7 and 8 down to US$449 and US$599 respectively.



The iPhone XS and XS Max are poised for preorders on Friday, 14 September 2018, and will begin shipping the week after on Friday, 21 September 2018.

For more details on iPhone XR, please visit here.






[via Apple]
          The Real Contagion Threat Is Political      Cache   Translate Page      

Authored by Tom Luongo,

The real danger to the current institutional order was just demonstrated in Sweden. While I’ve talked at length about the potential financial contagion stemming from the implosion of multiple emerging market currencies it is the growing political crisis in Europe that will shape our future.

Sweden is The Land where Socialism Works, or so I keep getting told by ignorant leftists who cling to the power fantasy that central planning is the only way to make the trains run on time.

Central planning does do that, but only to deliver people into the nightmare of social disorder brought on by the disruption of the natural flow of capital.

Venezuela, South Africa, Soviet Union, post WWII Britain ... you get the idea.

But, the effects of the collectivist mindset are far more pernicious than those extreme examples.  And it is important we understand how little policies grow into big problems over time due to shaping people’s decisions through government edicts.

Corps Insanity

There is no better example for what I’m talking about than the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.  A completely useless organization which sucks up billions in tax money to straighten rivers, build dams and alter the landscape to fit the needs of whoever paid Congress the most in lobbying money that year.

They engage in projects that cannot easily be done in the free market, nor should be done. But their activity creates downstream effects from their meddling which multiply over years and lead to problems which are orders of magnitude larger than they would have ever become naturally.

The Red Tides occurring off the Florida coast now are a political cudgel being swung at Governor Rick Scott to prevent him from moving up to U.S. Senator over his ‘environmental record.’  Now I’m no fan of Skeletor, as we call him down here, but these charges are simply grandstanding.

Because anyone who has an ounce of decency, intellectual honesty or passing acquaintance with history knows that the seeds of South Florida’s environmental nightmares are a product of the Corps of Engineers altering the landscape to serve Big Sugar and Big Corn.

These are two crops we shouldn’t even be growing (along with Soy and rapeseed) no less subsidizing due to their horrific effects on human health and development.  And this is another downstream effect of government meddling.

The real epidemic in the U.S. sapping our national wealth is not the rise of opioid use (though terrible) or the trade deficit it is diabetes and auto-immune diseases brought on by two generations of bad diet and ruinous food.

Health care and Big Pharma cost us trillions in easily avoided health problems due to the erroneous idea that human dietary needs are well-served by eating like my goats.

They aren’t.  Hell, even my goats spend most of their lives in ketosis.

This, again, is a product of government meddling into our food choices by diverting capital via farm subsidies and other bureaucratic structures built through the collective action of the ballot box.

So, a $200 million river straightening project turns into a multi-generational multi-trillion dollar loss of productive capital trying to keep people alive a little longer after a lifetime of eating like pigs being fattened for slaughter.

Okay, maybe that was the plan overall.

Rising Tides, Falling Boats

But, back to Sweden.  The results from the Swedish elections are another data point that populism is, well, popular.  The surge in popularity of the Sweden Democrats was strong enough to throw into flux the formation of a new government as support for the ruling Social Democrats has collapsed.

Where have we heard this story before?  Oh, only like all over freaking Europe.

What started with Brexit, carried across the pond to Trump, and spread to the continent in Italy, France, Poland, Austria, Hungary, Bulgaria, Romania, Russia, the Czech Republic and Germany which has now crossed back over the Baltic Sea to Sweden.

And still the political Left refuses to acknowledge the legitimacy of the concerns of voters, clinging desperately to the narrative that this is simply fringe ‘alt-right’ or ‘far-right Nazism’ rearing its head in an adolescent ab reaction to their very sensible and humanitarian policies.

They are supported in this delusion by the architects of the immigration nightmare in Europe who are quick to label anything vaguely sniffing of cultural pride as ‘extremism’ to shame apolitical and conscientious folks into staying within this failing paradigm of cultural suicide.

It is not working and thank the gods for it.

Whether the Sweden Democrats’ share of the vote is large enough for them to enter the government is irrelevant in the end.  Sweden’s political system is backward, but, hey, who am I to judge.

No one, actually, and that is the point.

The surge in popularity is what matters. And if they are excluded and things in Sweden continue as they are, then it will only serve up an even bigger voter backlash the next time they go to the polls if the government can even survive that long.

What’s is relevant is the contagion brought on by the downstream effects of one government intervention begetting a complete overhaul of the political landscape.

Europe is balkanizing.

Potential Post-EU map of Europe: Source @scottskingharry

Cultural Suicide Postponed

National cultures and community pride are sources of societal strength. The proponents of the Open Society and cultural homogenization are tone-deaf to the realities of forcing change because it is ‘the right thing to do’ or ‘the right thing to advocate.’

All it does is betray their totalitarian urge to force people they look down on to be better by first demonizing them for being racist and then acting out their own racism by forcing on their political opponents a life they do not want.

And the minute these long-suffering, abused people stand up for themselves and say, “No more” to their once peaceful communities being torn asunder by acid-throwing, gang-raping, rudderless immigrant males their reaction is to cry, “Racist!”

But that’s not working anymore.  What is working is the two-edged sword of political power.  Those that live by it will eventually hang from the rafters by it unless they willingly step aside and admit defeat with a modicum of grace and humility.

Given the reactions from the politically powerful all across Europe and the U.S. to this critical shift in the political landscape that is the last thing on their minds.

And that’s the most tragic irony of this entire period of history.  The very people who champion communitarianism and democracy as their highest ideal fear the power they have used so indiscriminately will be used against them when they lose it.

And their losses are mounting.

That’s what is inflaming their hatred and violence.  Abject terror of the backlash.  It is why this political contagion is the catalyst for global financial and economic collapse.  It’s already here in the form of emerging market upheaval. Faith in the institutions which circumscribe our lives is what props up currencies and, ultimately, asset values.

Politics got us into this mess.  It will not get us out of it.  The Great Reset is coming.  And you need to be prepared.

*  *  *

To support more work like this and get access to exclusive commentary, stock picks and analysis tailored to your needs join my more than 170 Patrons on Patreon and see if I have what it takes to help you navigate a world going slowly mad.


          "This Will Be The Mother Of All Minsky Moments"      Cache   Translate Page      

Submitted by John Mauldin, via Thoughts from the Frontline

We have all had the fun as kids of going to the beach and playing in the sand. Remember taking your plastic bucket and making sandpiles? Slowly pouring the sand into ever bigger piles, until one side of the pile starts to collapse?

In his very important book Ubiquity, Why Catastrophes Happen, Mark Buchamane wrote about an experiment with sand that three physicists named Per Bak, Chao Tang, and Kurt Wiesenfeld conducted in 1987.

In their lab at Brookhaven National Laboratory in New York, they started building sandpiles, piling up one grain of sand at a time. It’s a slow process, so they wrote a computer program to do it. Not as much fun but a whole lot faster.

During this experiment, they learned some interesting things that can help us understand how all sorts of calamities, including market crashes, unfold.

Critical State

What is the typical size of an avalanche? After a huge number of tests with millions of grains of sand, they found out there is no typical number:

Some involved a single grain; others, ten, a hundred, or a thousand. Still others were pile-wide cataclysms involving millions that brought nearly the whole mountain down. At any time, literally anything, it seemed, might be just about to occur.

The pile was completely chaotic in its unpredictability.

Now, let’s read this next paragraph. It is important, as it creates a mental image that helps us understand the organization of the financial markets and the world economy. (emphasis mine)

To find out why [such unpredictability] should show up in their sandpile game, Bak and colleagues next played a trick with their computer. Imagine peering down on the pile from above and coloring it in according to its steepness. Where it is relatively flat and stable, color it green; where steep and, in avalanche terms, “ready to go,” color it red. What do you see? They found that at the outset, the pile looked mostly green, but that, as the pile grew, the green became infiltrated with ever more red. With more grains, the scattering of red danger spots grew until a dense skeleton of instability ran through the pile. Here then was a clue to its peculiar behavior: a grain falling on a red spot can, by domino-like action, cause sliding at other nearby red spots. If the red network was sparse, and all trouble spots were well isolated one from the other, then a single grain could have only limited repercussions. But when the red spots come to riddle the pile, the consequences of the next grain become fiendishly unpredictable. It might trigger only a few tumblings, or it might instead set off a cataclysmic chain reaction involving millions. The sandpile seemed to have configured itself into a hypersensitive and peculiarly unstable condition in which the next falling grain could trigger a response of any size whatsoever.

Scientists refer to this as a critical state. The term critical state can mean the point at which water would go to ice or steam, or the moment that critical mass induces a nuclear reaction, etc.

But to physicists, [the critical state] has always been seen as a kind of theoretical freak and sideshow, a devilishly unstable and unusual condition that arises only under the most exceptional circumstances [in highly controlled experiments].... In the sandpile game, however, a critical state seemed to arise naturally through the mindless sprinkling of grains.

So, they asked themselves, could this phenomenon show up elsewhere? In the earth’s crust, triggering earthquakes… in wholesale changes in an ecosystem… or in a stock market crash?

Fingers of Instability

The scientists found that the size and timing of an avalanche depend on what they refer to as “fingers of instability”:

[A]fter the pile evolves into a critical state, many grains rest just on the verge of tumbling, and these grains link up into “fingers of instability” of all possible lengths. While many are short, others slice through the pile from one end to the other. So, the chain reaction triggered by a single grain might lead to an avalanche of any size whatsoever, depending on whether that grain fell on a short, intermediate, or long finger of instability.

Now we come to a critical point in our discussion. Read this next excerpt with the markets in mind (again, emphasis mine, and this is critical to our understanding of markets and change. Maybe you should read it two or three times.):

In this simplified setting of the sandpile, the power law also points to something else: the surprising conclusion that even the greatest of events have no special or exceptional causes. After all, every avalanche large or small starts out the same way, when a single grain falls and makes the pile just slightly too steep at one point. What makes one avalanche much larger than another has nothing to do with its original cause, and nothing to do with some special situation in the pile just before it starts. Rather, it has to do with the perpetually unstable organization of the critical state, which makes it always possible for the next grain to trigger an avalanche of any size.

Growing Sandpile

Now, let’s couple this idea with a few other concepts.

First, economist Dr. Hyman Minsky points out that stability leads to instability. The more comfortable we get with a given condition or trend, the longer it will persist. And then when the trend fails, the more dramatic the correction.

Long-term stability produces unstable financial arrangements. If we believe that tomorrow will be the same as last week, we are more willing to add debt or postpone savings in favor of current consumption.

Thus, says Minsky, the longer the period of stability, the higher the potential risk for even greater instability when market participants must change their behavior.

Relating this to our sandpile, the longer a critical state builds up in an economy, the greater the potential for a serious “avalanche.”

As I wrote in my “Train Wreck” series, (recap here). We are adding sand to not just one inevitably collapsing sandpile, but dozens and maybe hundreds of them. They will not keep growing forever.

I explained in Part 1 of that series, “Credit-Driven Train Wreck,” how a liquidity crisis will probably set off the chain of events that end in the Great Reset.

Which particular sandpile will fall first? It could be many, but I think high-yield corporate debt is the most likely. Millions of investors think they can collect those juicy yields and then be able to sell when trouble appears.

I think the mother of all Minsky moments is building. It will not be an instant sandpile collapse, but instead take years because we have $500 trillion of debt to work through.

Remember, that debt just can’t be pooped away. It is both money somebody owes and an asset on somebody else’s balance sheet. We can’t just take that away without huge consequences to culture and society.

But the fingers of instability, the total credit system, are seemingly growing with more red sand dots every month. All are inextricably linked. One day, another Thailand or Russia or something else (it makes no difference which) will start the cascade.


          Hurricane Florence Could Drop an Absurd Amount of Rainfall This Week      Cache   Translate Page      

After Hurricane Florence expanded Tuesday into a behemoth throwing out powerful hurricane winds 70 miles from its center, forecasters on Wednesday began to warn of record rainfalls, tsunami-like storm surges, and a revised path that could curve downward and bring perilous rains and winds as far south as Georgia, which has declared a state of emergency.

The revised predictions came after Florence, currently a Category 3 storm, decelerated dramatically overnight, possibly signaling some good news about wind speeds but threatening to stall dangerously long—24 hours or more—after it hits, with the potential to drop as much as 40 inches of rain in isolated parts of the Carolinas, according to the National Hurricane Center.

The flooding could turn perilous, drenching low-level coastal areas and shearing off slabs of earth in Appalachia and other hilly areas unprepared for such rain. According to USA Today, Florence is predicted drop 10 trillion gallons of water on the Carolinas.

Forecasters also continued to warn of increasingly high storm surge, which could reach 9 feet at its peak. Those among the more than 1.5 million people ordered to evacuate coastal areas who choose to stay risk not just winds that can pull down trees or cripple structures but also a storm surge that could place dry land under 10 feet of water.

Out at sea, the hurricane has whipped up impressively high waves reaching up to 83 feet, and astronauts and meteorologists marveled at the storm’s size.

Florence, which could hit the East Coast as a Category 4 or strong 3 hurricane, is still expected to be the most dangerous and intense storm to hit the region in decades. North Carolina remains the most threatened by the storm, but Florence is expected to curve south after an extended battering of the state, dumping heavy rains on South Carolina. Meteorologists are predicting that for the Carolina coast, it will be “the storm of a lifetime.” The hurricane is less than 48 hours from making landfall.

Update, Sept. 12, 2018 at 3:10 p.m.: This post has been updated with Florence’s change from a Category 4 to a Category 3 hurricane.


          The fast rising price of ‘Dutertenomics’      Cache   Translate Page      
* This is my first article in the Asia Times, published last month. More than 2,700 shares as of today, thanks readers.


Inflation is finally catching up with Philippine President Rodrigo Duterte’s high octane economic stimulus measures, a fast growth-geared policy push known locally as “Dutertenomics.”

Statistics released this week showed inflation rose 5.7% in July, the fastest rate in over five years, according to the National Economic Development Authority, a state agency. It marked the fifth consecutive month that inflation breached the central bank’s 2%-4% target band, leading to market speculation that it will soon hike interest rates.

The surge in prices has sparked a local debate over whether global or local factors are more to blame. Economic analysts note that inflation rates were modest as recently as late last year, clocking in at 3% and 2.9% in November and December respectively.

However, Duterte’s controversial Tax Reform for Acceleration and Inclusion (TRAIN) law came into force in January, a broad-based tax hike that many believe has driven the inflationary trend. Indeed, inflation has steadily risen in recent months: 3.4% in January, 3.8% in February, 4.3% in March, 4.5% in April, 4.6% in May, 5.2% in June, and 5.7% in July, or almost double the December 2017 level of 2.9%.

Duterte’s tax law was passed to help finance the government’s ultra-ambitious infrastructure spending plans, estimated at 8 trillion pesos (US$150 billion) over six years, as well as social welfare programs that aim to reduce poverty from 21% to 15% by the end of his term in 2022. While taxes have risen, widespread infrastructure-building has largely failed to materialize.

Still, the Philippines has recently been among Asia’s fastest growing economies, with gross domestic product (GDP) growth of 6.9% in 2016 and 6.7% last year. But that growth is now decelerating as inflationary pressures start to weigh against consumption and investment. Second quarter GDP growth fell to 6%, from 6.6% in the first quarter. That means first half GDP growth was only 6.3%, down significantly from the government’s full-year target of 7%.

Duterte’s economic managers, including officials at the Department of Finance (DOF), National Economic Development Authority (NEDA), Department of Budget and Management (DBM) and Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), have played down the TRAIN tax’s impact on galloping prices while at the same time scrambled to offer credible alternative explanations for the inflationary surge.

They have generally pointed to three main factors supposedly beyond their policy control, namely rising global oil prices, a recent fast depreciation of the peso which is currently among Asia’s worst performing currencies this year, and “profiteering” by big and small private businesses that have allegedly unscrupulously marked up their prices.

While the TRAIN law has cut personal income taxes, it has raised several other levies, especially for energy sources such as oil, liquefied petroleum gas and coal. Sin taxes for sugary drinks and tobacco have also been upped, while an expanded 12% value-added tax (VAT) now covers more economic sectors, including electricity transmission and foreign currency-denominated sales.

Official attempts to mostly blame higher global oil prices for the local surge in prices, however, doesn’t hold statistically when compared with other net-fuel importers in the region. Indeed, other oil-importing nations such as Thailand, South Korea and Sri Lanka have all seen a decline in inflation in the first half of this year compared to their full year 2017 rates.


The inflation differential for developed countries between January-June 2018 vis-a-vis 2017 is also statistically miniscule, measuring -0.1 for the United Kingdom, 0.1 for Germany, 0.4 for France and the United States, and 0.6 for Canada.

Instead, it is mostly domestic factors that are driving the Philippines’ inflation situation. First and foremost, inflation is hitting the poorest 30% of Filipino households harder than other demographic groups. In the first half of 2018, overall Philippine inflation was 4.3% but for poor households it was higher at 5%.

That’s because while “food and non-alcoholic beverages” comprise only 38% of the overall Consumer Price Index (CPI) basket, used for calculating the national inflation rate, the products constitute 61% of the poor’s consumption. The telling statistics were calculated by Dr Dennis Mapa, dean of the University of the Philippines School of Statistics (UPSS).

Nor is there any near-term relief in sight. Fare hikes for taxis, buses and point-to-point air-conditioned vans will soon come on-stream, as will phase two tax hikes on oil, LPG and coal in January 2019. A third phase tax hike on energy will be imposed in January 2020 as part of the Train tax reforms. Firms are also expected to start raising wages due to labor demands over TRAIN’s impact on prices, leading to a potential virtuous cycle of inflation.

          Six Signs Your Balance Transfer Could End in Disaster      Cache   Translate Page      

The average credit card balance was $6,354 at the end of 2017, and American consumers now hold more than $1 trillion in collective revolving debt, most of which is on plastic. These numbers probably sound scary, but they can’t be that surprising. After all, many of us have a penchant for using credit for rewards or convenience but lack the discipline to pay our balances off each month. If you find yourself struggling with credit card debt or other unsecured debts, […]

The post Six Signs Your Balance Transfer Could End in Disaster appeared first on The Simple Dollar.


          6-Figure Price Tag Expected For Rare Apple-1 Computer At Auction      Cache   Translate Page      
Before Apple was a trillion-dollar company, before its phones and laptops came to dominate the tech industry, it was just a California startup working out of a garage. Now, one of the first products the company ever made — the Apple-1 computer — is about to be the star of a live auction on Sept. 25 in Boston. "The Apple-1 is so iconic of that era, of the garage era of Silicon Valley, that I think there is almost no other object that really encapsulates what it does culturally and technologically," says Dag Spicer, senior curator for the Computer History Museum, which has an Apple-1 in its collection. Spicer says it's one of their most popular pieces. Looking at an Apple-1 is kind of like looking at the Rosetta Stone. You don't totally understand what you're seeing, but you sense its significance. "The Apple-1 didn't come with a keyboard, didn't come with a monitor or anything like that," says Corey Cohen, an expert who restores Apple-1 computers. "It really was just the board, but the
          Everything Apple announced at its iPhone XS event      Cache   Translate Page      
Today was Apple’s big hardware event, and the trillion-dollar company had quite a lot to share about the future of some of its most profitable product lines. While Apple boasted how its products had been completely redesigned and re-engineered, in reality, what was most notable about today’s Apple event is how Apple is choosing to […]
          Here’s how Apple’s stock fared during today’s big hardware event      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple announced a whole bunch of new products today at its fancy Cupertino campus in what was its first hardware event since becoming a $1 trillion company. The company proudly unveiled the iPhone XS, the iPhone XS Max, the Apple Watch Series 4 and more. The stock market behaved as we expected. Apple’s stock spent much […]
          Legal - Assistant General Counsel, Auto Business Development & Partnerships, VP - Plano, TX 75026      Cache   Translate Page      
JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE: JPM) is a leading global financial services firm with assets of $2.6 trillion and operations worldwide. The firm is a leader in investment...
          Trump Says We're Prepared for Hurricane Florence. Are We?      Cache   Translate Page      
Hog waste lagoons. by The Stranger

Its not looking good.
It's not looking good. Handout / Getty Images

Subscribe to the podcast FOR FREE by clicking right here!

As Hurricane Florence bears down on the mid-Atlantic, the President boldly declares that the country is “ready for it.” But are we? And does Trump have any room to talk now that Puerto Rico has revised its death toll from Hurricane Maria to around 3,000? With Eli Sanders on vacation, Rich Smith asks Dan Savage and Katie Herzog to tell us how prepared we really are, and to speculate about whether we’ll ever be prepped enough.

Then, the steady state. Right after we taped the show last week, the New York Times published an anonymous op-ed from a “senior official” in the Trump administration. The writer claims that a group called “the steady state” is secretly preventing Trump from blowing up the country. Is that…good? And who wrote that damn op-ed? We’ll discuss.

Finally, a dispatch from the heart of Amazonia. The trillion-dollar company made headlines this week with a string of stories about how badly it treats its workers. Meanwhile, right here in Seattle, Amazon is one of the most visible drivers of income inequality and cultural tension. Rich and Dan talk to new Stranger staff writer Nathalie Graham about a piece she wrote in response to a new “Money Diary” entry from Refinery29, which shows readers what the city’s like from the perspective of an Amazonian making $240,000 per year. She’s living fancy free, but is she really living?


Plus, as always, the music of Ahamefule J. Oluo.

[ Comment on this story ]

[ Subscribe to the comments on this story ]


          The Big Club      Cache   Translate Page      
Sundance writes at The Conservative Treehouse about the"Big Club."


It was virtually guaranteed to happen, the only unknown was the actual timing of when they would execute their self-interested plan. Remember, there are trillions at stake and the multinationals will not give up their power, influence and control over the U.S. economy.

The media are reporting on a “group” of lobbyists “uniting” in a common strategy to oppose President Trump, ahead of the mid-terms, based on Chinese tariffs. Those who have followed this “group”, also known as “the big club”, for decades know full well the lobbyists are financed through Wall Street multinational corporations and foreign money (hint: China). The foreign funding is passed through the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, President Tom Donohue, who then organizes the lobbying strategy to target politicians.

President Trump has made it a pillar of his presidency to reset the global trade relationships and stop the trade imbalance that previously caused the destruction of the U.S. manufacturing base and the collapse of the middle-class. The America-First trade initiatives are adverse to the interests of the multinationals (globalists) and the control mechanisms within the U.S. Chamber of Commerce.

Money and economic control is the real battle-space within the American political system. This latest move is only the beginning of that will follow in the next 56 days, as they to try and eliminate Trump by targeting republicans. The Big Club is the financial mechanism that constructed the UniParty in Washington DC.


Read more here.
          iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max      Cache   Translate Page      
Introducing the iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max. Featuring an impressively large display, this is the best iPhone yet. The all-new A12 Bionic chip is the fastest and smartest to ever be in a smartphone. With a 7 nanometer chip, it houses a neural engine which can perform 5 trillion operations per second. Coming in at 30% faster than previous iPhone devices, you can also run Siri Shortcuts to perform a multitude of smart actions linked to your apps and... Continue Reading
          Because 'Richest Americans Do Not Need Another Massive Tax Cut,' 776 Groups Urge Congress to Stop Tax Scam 2.0      Cache   Translate Page      
Jake Johnson, staff writer
With the Republican Party moving quickly to deliver yet another round of massive, budget-exploding tax cuts to their wealthiest donors and constituents ahead of November's crucial midterm elections, 776 national and state groups sent a letter to members of Congress on Wednesday demanding that they oppose the GOP's newly introduced Tax Scam 2.0 and instead invest the $3 trillion experts say it could cost into infrastructure, healthcare, and education.

          Raw material by @BloggersRUs      Cache   Translate Page      

Raw material

by Tom Sullivan

Now that you have dispatched your morning texts, calls, e-faxes, whatevs to your senators demanding they stop Judge Brett Kavanaugh from ascending to the highest court in the land, consider another reason for doing it. Besides what he's likely to do to women's rights. (Should you require more motivation, I echo Michael Tomasky's recommendation that if you haven't read the Slate post by Lisa Graves, a Democratic Senate staffer who wrote some of those stolen emails, take a couple of minutes.)

Grover Norquist in his heyday dreamed of rolling back the 20th century and returning America not to the 1950s, but to the McKinley era. William Grieder wrote about Norquist's vision:

Governing authority and resources are dispersed from Washington, returned to local levels and also to individuals and private institutions, most notably corporations and religious organizations. The primacy of private property rights is re-established over the shared public priorities expressed in government regulation. Above all, private wealth–both enterprises and individuals with higher incomes–are permanently insulated from the progressive claims of the graduated income tax.
Industrial giants would be free at last (again) to strip-mine the economy, plunder natural resources, and re-establish the natural order of land barons and serfs.

With Kavanaugh on the Supreme Court, new Gilded Age corporate behemoths will have the protection of the Supreme Court for another generation, as they have for the last. Valued at $1 trillion, Amazon is one, writes Kelly Weill for Daily Beast. The one-time online bookstore is now everywhere. After acquiring Whole Foods, Amazon now sells groceries its employees cannot afford to eat:
“In the last three years we have experienced layoffs, job consolidations, reduced labor budgets, poor wage growth, and constantly being asked to do more with less resources and now with less compensation,” Whole Foods workers in a pro-union group wrote in a letter to colleagues, which was shared with The Daily Beast.

The letter took aim at Amazon CEO Bezos, describing “majority of his workers” as living “paycheck to paycheck.”
More than one in ten of Amazon's fulfillment center employees in Ohio are eligible for SNAP benefits. (Amazon argues those employees work part-time.) Ohio celebrated the center as a boon for job creation and handed Amazon over $17 million in tax breaks, with $125 million more on the way.

West Licking Fire Station 3 makes runs to the Amazon.com Inc. warehouse 20 miles east of Columbus about once a day to treat employees (more often during the holiday season). "Shortness of breath. Chest pains. Myriad minor injuries," the fire district administrator told Bloomberg last fall. The company pays no property taxes to support the service. Locals do.

via GIPHY

The drive for profit über alles gets better, Weill writes:
Workers at Amazon fulfillment centers elsewhere have complained of dangerously hot facilities and impossible deadlines that left employees peeing into garbage cans and water bottles to avoid taking bathroom breaks. White-collar Amazon workers complained of a similar ethos at their desk jobs. In a 2015 New York Times report, corporate employees complained of punishing workloads and saw “nearly every person” crying at their desk, 80-hour work weeks, and a competitive work environment that encouraged employees to sabotage their colleagues.
The American Dream, baby.

Sen. Bernie Sanders has proposed the Stop Bad Employers by Zeroing Out Subsidies Act (Stop BEZOS Act) to tax such employers for every dollar of public subsidy their employees receive. Sen. Elizabeth Warren's solution seems less like a band-aid, but neither seems viable in the short term.

“Amazon is raising a generation of precarious workers and that is against everything our union stands for,” Stuart Appelbaum, president of the RWDSU, told The Daily Beast in a statement. “We will not back down until Amazon workers are treated with dignity and respect.”

Whole Foods said it was receptive to employee concerns—but emphasized those rights on an individual, not a collective basis.
Fodder. Grist. Raw material. Inputs. Human "resources" is the worst.

* * * * * * * * *

For The Win 2018 is ready for download. Request a copy of my county-level election mechanics primer at tom.bluecentury at gmail.


          Shanghai: SSE Composite Index (.SSEC) US-China trade war concerns      Cache   Translate Page      

Shanghai: SSE Composite Index (.SSEC) US-China trade war concerns China’s stock market, having ceded its position as the world’s second-largest to Japan, continues to lose value and is now worth five times that of Apple Inc. At its peak in 2015, China’s market cap was more than $10 trillion. It’s almost halved in size since […]

The post Shanghai: SSE Composite Index (.SSEC) US-China trade war concerns appeared first on Live Trading News.


          A future with AI: It will boost productivity like never before but widen inequality      Cache   Translate Page      
AI will create $13 trillion in value by 2030 but get ready to change your occupation.
          Gundlach: US Economy And Stocks Could Be "Burnt Out"      Cache   Translate Page      

By Robert Huebscher of Advisor Perspectives

Stimulative measures drive growth, and the U.S. economy and stock market have benefited from quantitative easing, lower rates, less regulation and tax cuts. But Jeffrey Gundlach admonished investors that too much stimulus can backfire.

Gundlach, the chief investment officer of Los Angeles-based DoubleLine Capital, spoke via webcast with investors on September 11. His talk was titled, “Miracle Grow,” and the focus was on his firm’s flagship mutual fund, the DoubleLine Total Return Fund (DBLTX). The slides from his presentation are available here.

Gundlach, an amateur gardener, said that he often uses Miracle Grow fertilizer to help his plants.

“But if you dump Miracle Grow on plants long enough it burns them out,” he said.

The growth of the deficit has been disconcerting. The deficit growth has been at levels that have historically been used to counter recessions, even though we have been in a nine-year-long period of growth.

The U.S. total debt outstanding and the total S&P return have moved up in tandem. That has been “miracle growth,” he said.

What’s going to happen when the next recession happens? The deficit could “explode,” Gundlach said.

Let’s look at what Gundlach said the future holds for the U.S. economy and stock and bond markets.

A recession ahead?

Tax cuts, deficits and debt have been responsible for the surges in U.S. growth – as are the threats of tariffs, which accelerated growth forward, according to Gundlach. Real GDP growth, he said, is at 2.9% and may be as high as 3.8% for Q3. Nominal GDP has accelerated as a result of higher inflation.

The last time nominal GDP grew at this rate was in 2004, which led to Fed rate hikes.

Is there trouble ahead? The year-over-year leading economic indicators (LEIs) are growing at 6.9%, matching the level at their peak in 2012-2013. “It’s very likely they will turn negatives,” and there is “no sign of a recession,” he said.

Sentiment surveys are “off the charts” and “have never been higher,” he said. This is the result of decreased regulation, according to Gundlach.

The PMI surveys are extremely strong (manufacturing is at 61.3 and at its highest level in 20 years). This, he said, is the result of “extraordinary” dovish central bank policies from the Fed and other central banks.

But the Fed is now in quantitative tightening (QT) mode. “We’ll see what happens as $60 billion/month of debt is retired, starting in October.”

There are also trillions of corporate maturities in the next five years, both in the U.S. and globally, according to Gundlach. Along with QT, that will lead to a lot of “interesting things” as all that debt needs to be re-floated, he said.

As debt has grown, it hasn’t been reinvested smartly, he said. Net government investment hasn’t grown. One of the positive things is that government capital spending has grown faster than consumption when compared to prior years, according to Gundlach.

Among households, student and auto loan debt has grown at alarming rates, he said. Millennials have been trapped into “lifelong debt problems” as a result of tuition increases, he said, which have been fueled by debt accessibility.

Home prices are up and home affordability is down, he said, so there has been a slump in housing growth. More than two-thirds of sentiment-survey respondents have said that it is not a good time to buy a home.

Countering Trump’s rhetoric

Gundlach generally stays out of politics in his webcasts. But this time he refuted some of President Trump’s claims.

This is not the “greatest jobs economy of all time,” Gundlach said, contrary to Trump’s claims. Wages growth has not kept up with inflation, except briefly in 2017, according to Gundlach. Wage growth is slowing down, according to data from the Atlantic Fed. Real average earnings growth is negative, with the CPI at 2.95%.

“It’s inflation that’s growing,” Gundlach said.

For the first 20 months of the Trump presidency, there have been 190,000 of new jobs per month. But under the last 20 months of Obama’s tenure, there were 211,000. Not only is this not the greatest jobs economy of all time, it is actually slightly worse than Obama’s presidency, and both periods were late-cycle in the economy, Gundlach said.

Since 1939, despite the huge increase in the population, there were “many, many” times when job growth was vastly higher than under Trump’s presidency, Gundlach said. But, Gundlach acknowledged, a lot of that historical growth happened when demographics were much more favorable than it is now.

The response to the next recession will be some form of universal basic income (UBI), he said. Gundlach cited a program like this in Sweden and noted the recent calls for UBI among socialist Democrats.

The miracle growth markets

Miracle Growth has been thrown at the markets, Gundlach said. As global central banks have pursued aggressively dovish policies, foreign stock market returns have responded in a similar way to those in the U.S.

But global stock markets are down this year, with some real “disasters” in the emerging markets, he said, due to the trade war.

“One of the things we will remember most about 2018 is that incredible divergence between the U.S. and global stock market returns,” Gundlach said.

Inflation has been picking up in the U.S. and internationally. Across the globe, 80% of countries have had rising inflation during the last three months. “We can clearly see that inflation has bottomed out and is heading higher,” Gundlach said. Both goods and services prices have been rising over that period.

We are not having problems getting inflation to the 2% level, according to Gundlach. There is good reason to believe the core CPI will go higher, according to DoubleLine’s proprietary models, the New York Fed’s Underlying Inflation Gauge (UIG) and the ISM PMI (which also is a leading indicator of inflation). Money growth (M2) supply also suggests a move above 3% for inflation, according to Gundlach.

A suicide mission

“It’s bad enough that deficits are increasing this late in the cycle, but we are increasing taxes and raising interest rates,” Gundlach lamented. It is a “suicide mission,” as Gundlach had called it in a previous webcast. If rates are hundred basis points higher, with $7 trillion of debt, there will be $140 billion of additional interest costs, according to Gundlach.

“This will put further pressure on the deficit and create a self-reinforcing cycle of higher debt and higher rates,” he said.

The Treasury could get overwhelmed by a “supply fear” that could lead to much higher inflation, with a tough economy and rising rates, Gundlach warned. “That would be the gateway to universal basic income. Americans would think they were getting something, but it would really be a devaluation of the dollar.”

The dollar’s next big move will be down and it will be lower than it is now by year end, he said. It has recently weakened versus the euro. That will help non-U.S. stock markets. But the dollar has strengthened relative to emerging markets, which has hurt those stock markets.

“The market is telling us the trade war is very bad for emerging markets, especially those with dollar-denominated debt,” Gundlach said.

But, he said, President Trump wants the dollar to be weaker and wants the Fed’s help to make this happen.

U.S. valuations, according to the CAPE ratio, are near 1929-levels. Emerging markets are at half the levels of the U.S., based on the CAPE ratio. It’s really hard to believe that equity markets will hold up. If it gets worse in the emerging markets, then it “has to be a global situation.”

That will happen if the dollar weakens.

Advice to investors

Since May, global markets are down 10% and the U.S. is up 7%. Emerging markets are down 20% over that period, which “looks like a bear market,” Gundlach said. But he does not expect this divergence to continue.

Commodities are at historically cheap levels, but are not going lower, according to Gundlach. “They are a late-cycle play and highly volatile” and they should “stay in the portfolio,” he said.

Gold, at approximately $1,200 per ounce, will increase in price as the dollar weakens. It is a “really good buy” at its current price and has “exhausted its downside,” Gundlach said.

The U.S. 10-year yield (at 2.97%) has been remarkably stable over the last several months. But if nominal GDP growth or the German 10-year yield moves higher – the two have historically been closely tied to U.S. 10-year rates – then it would lead to higher rates. But Gundlach said he does not have high conviction about the future direction of rates.

There is an extremely large speculative position against the Treasury market. Gundlach said that if rates head down, even a little, it could lead to a “stampede” and possibly to a 10-year rate as low as 2.25%. He called this scenario “conjectural” but not impossible.

The 30-year yield (at 3.12%) is nearing the 3.22% level, which Gundlach has previously cited as a threshold that would lead to higher rates, provided there are two consecutive closes above that rate.

Across sectors of the bond market, Gundlach said he is not a big fan of corporate bonds, which are two standard deviations rich, according to the DoubleLine models. Junk bonds are “very highly valued,” he said, but not in imminent danger. Corporate-debt-to-GDP is “horrifically” high, he said, and is inconsistent with tight option-adjusted spreads. Corporate bond yields are also suffering from historically high levels of supply.

With convertible bonds, investors are “basically owning stocks” he said. They are more of an equity investment.

Non-agency mortgage-backed (MBS) securities and floating rate bonds are his favored bond sectors.

Don’t buy Chinese stocks, he said. The financial problems there are “scary” and investors are better off in other Asian markets.

The S&P 500 will end the year modestly lower, he said.

“You want to be globally diversified,” Gundlach said. The U.S. market is sensitive to “just a few stocks.” If you want to increase beta, invest outside the U.S.

“I would not invest in e-commerce stocks,” Gundlach said. “I would rather sleep at night.”


          Gundlach: US Economy And Stocks Could Be "Burnt Out"      Cache   Translate Page      

By Robert Huebscher of Advisor Perspectives

Stimulative measures drive growth, and the U.S. economy and stock market have benefited from quantitative easing, lower rates, less regulation and tax cuts. But Jeffrey Gundlach admonished investors that too much stimulus can backfire.

Gundlach, the chief investment officer of Los Angeles-based DoubleLine Capital, spoke via webcast with investors on September 11. His talk was titled, “Miracle Grow,” and the focus was on his firm’s flagship mutual fund, the DoubleLine Total Return Fund (DBLTX). The slides from his presentation are available here.

Gundlach, an amateur gardener, said that he often uses Miracle Grow fertilizer to help his plants.

“But if you dump Miracle Grow on plants long enough it burns them out,” he said.

The growth of the deficit has been disconcerting. The deficit growth has been at levels that have historically been used to counter recessions, even though we have been in a nine-year-long period of growth.

The U.S. total debt outstanding and the total S&P return have moved up in tandem. That has been “miracle growth,” he said.

What’s going to happen when the next recession happens? The deficit could “explode,” Gundlach said.

Let’s look at what Gundlach said the future holds for the U.S. economy and stock and bond markets.

A recession ahead?

Tax cuts, deficits and debt have been responsible for the surges in U.S. growth – as are the threats of tariffs, which accelerated growth forward, according to Gundlach. Real GDP growth, he said, is at 2.9% and may be as high as 3.8% for Q3. Nominal GDP has accelerated as a result of higher inflation.

The last time nominal GDP grew at this rate was in 2004, which led to Fed rate hikes.

Is there trouble ahead? The year-over-year leading economic indicators (LEIs) are growing at 6.9%, matching the level at their peak in 2012-2013. “It’s very likely they will turn negatives,” and there is “no sign of a recession,” he said.

Sentiment surveys are “off the charts” and “have never been higher,” he said. This is the result of decreased regulation, according to Gundlach.

The PMI surveys are extremely strong (manufacturing is at 61.3 and at its highest level in 20 years). This, he said, is the result of “extraordinary” dovish central bank policies from the Fed and other central banks.

But the Fed is now in quantitative tightening (QT) mode. “We’ll see what happens as $60 billion/month of debt is retired, starting in October.”

There are also trillions of corporate maturities in the next five years, both in the U.S. and globally, according to Gundlach. Along with QT, that will lead to a lot of “interesting things” as all that debt needs to be re-floated, he said.

As debt has grown, it hasn’t been reinvested smartly, he said. Net government investment hasn’t grown. One of the positive things is that government capital spending has grown faster than consumption when compared to prior years, according to Gundlach.

Among households, student and auto loan debt has grown at alarming rates, he said. Millennials have been trapped into “lifelong debt problems” as a result of tuition increases, he said, which have been fueled by debt accessibility.

Home prices are up and home affordability is down, he said, so there has been a slump in housing growth. More than two-thirds of sentiment-survey respondents have said that it is not a good time to buy a home.

Countering Trump’s rhetoric

Gundlach generally stays out of politics in his webcasts. But this time he refuted some of President Trump’s claims.

This is not the “greatest jobs economy of all time,” Gundlach said, contrary to Trump’s claims. Wages growth has not kept up with inflation, except briefly in 2017, according to Gundlach. Wage growth is slowing down, according to data from the Atlantic Fed. Real average earnings growth is negative, with the CPI at 2.95%.

“It’s inflation that’s growing,” Gundlach said.

For the first 20 months of the Trump presidency, there have been 190,000 of new jobs per month. But under the last 20 months of Obama’s tenure, there were 211,000. Not only is this not the greatest jobs economy of all time, it is actually slightly worse than Obama’s presidency, and both periods were late-cycle in the economy, Gundlach said.

Since 1939, despite the huge increase in the population, there were “many, many” times when job growth was vastly higher than under Trump’s presidency, Gundlach said. But, Gundlach acknowledged, a lot of that historical growth happened when demographics were much more favorable than it is now.

The response to the next recession will be some form of universal basic income (UBI), he said. Gundlach cited a program like this in Sweden and noted the recent calls for UBI among socialist Democrats.

The miracle growth markets

Miracle Growth has been thrown at the markets, Gundlach said. As global central banks have pursued aggressively dovish policies, foreign stock market returns have responded in a similar way to those in the U.S.

But global stock markets are down this year, with some real “disasters” in the emerging markets, he said, due to the trade war.

“One of the things we will remember most about 2018 is that incredible divergence between the U.S. and global stock market returns,” Gundlach said.

Inflation has been picking up in the U.S. and internationally. Across the globe, 80% of countries have had rising inflation during the last three months. “We can clearly see that inflation has bottomed out and is heading higher,” Gundlach said. Both goods and services prices have been rising over that period.

We are not having problems getting inflation to the 2% level, according to Gundlach. There is good reason to believe the core CPI will go higher, according to DoubleLine’s proprietary models, the New York Fed’s Underlying Inflation Gauge (UIG) and the ISM PMI (which also is a leading indicator of inflation). Money growth (M2) supply also suggests a move above 3% for inflation, according to Gundlach.

A suicide mission

“It’s bad enough that deficits are increasing this late in the cycle, but we are increasing taxes and raising interest rates,” Gundlach lamented. It is a “suicide mission,” as Gundlach had called it in a previous webcast. If rates are hundred basis points higher, with $7 trillion of debt, there will be $140 billion of additional interest costs, according to Gundlach.

“This will put further pressure on the deficit and create a self-reinforcing cycle of higher debt and higher rates,” he said.

The Treasury could get overwhelmed by a “supply fear” that could lead to much higher inflation, with a tough economy and rising rates, Gundlach warned. “That would be the gateway to universal basic income. Americans would think they were getting something, but it would really be a devaluation of the dollar.”

The dollar’s next big move will be down and it will be lower than it is now by year end, he said. It has recently weakened versus the euro. That will help non-U.S. stock markets. But the dollar has strengthened relative to emerging markets, which has hurt those stock markets.

“The market is telling us the trade war is very bad for emerging markets, especially those with dollar-denominated debt,” Gundlach said.

But, he said, President Trump wants the dollar to be weaker and wants the Fed’s help to make this happen.

U.S. valuations, according to the CAPE ratio, are near 1929-levels. Emerging markets are at half the levels of the U.S., based on the CAPE ratio. It’s really hard to believe that equity markets will hold up. If it gets worse in the emerging markets, then it “has to be a global situation.”

That will happen if the dollar weakens.

Advice to investors

Since May, global markets are down 10% and the U.S. is up 7%. Emerging markets are down 20% over that period, which “looks like a bear market,” Gundlach said. But he does not expect this divergence to continue.

Commodities are at historically cheap levels, but are not going lower, according to Gundlach. “They are a late-cycle play and highly volatile” and they should “stay in the portfolio,” he said.

Gold, at approximately $1,200 per ounce, will increase in price as the dollar weakens. It is a “really good buy” at its current price and has “exhausted its downside,” Gundlach said.

The U.S. 10-year yield (at 2.97%) has been remarkably stable over the last several months. But if nominal GDP growth or the German 10-year yield moves higher – the two have historically been closely tied to U.S. 10-year rates – then it would lead to higher rates. But Gundlach said he does not have high conviction about the future direction of rates.

There is an extremely large speculative position against the Treasury market. Gundlach said that if rates head down, even a little, it could lead to a “stampede” and possibly to a 10-year rate as low as 2.25%. He called this scenario “conjectural” but not impossible.

The 30-year yield (at 3.12%) is nearing the 3.22% level, which Gundlach has previously cited as a threshold that would lead to higher rates, provided there are two consecutive closes above that rate.

Across sectors of the bond market, Gundlach said he is not a big fan of corporate bonds, which are two standard deviations rich, according to the DoubleLine models. Junk bonds are “very highly valued,” he said, but not in imminent danger. Corporate-debt-to-GDP is “horrifically” high, he said, and is inconsistent with tight option-adjusted spreads. Corporate bond yields are also suffering from historically high levels of supply.

With convertible bonds, investors are “basically owning stocks” he said. They are more of an equity investment.

Non-agency mortgage-backed (MBS) securities and floating rate bonds are his favored bond sectors.

Don’t buy Chinese stocks, he said. The financial problems there are “scary” and investors are better off in other Asian markets.

The S&P 500 will end the year modestly lower, he said.

“You want to be globally diversified,” Gundlach said. The U.S. market is sensitive to “just a few stocks.” If you want to increase beta, invest outside the U.S.

“I would not invest in e-commerce stocks,” Gundlach said. “I would rather sleep at night.”


          The Real Contagion Threat Is Political      Cache   Translate Page      

Authored by Tom Luongo,

The real danger to the current institutional order was just demonstrated in Sweden. While I’ve talked at length about the potential financial contagion stemming from the implosion of multiple emerging market currencies it is the growing political crisis in Europe that will shape our future.

Sweden is The Land where Socialism Works, or so I keep getting told by ignorant leftists who cling to the power fantasy that central planning is the only way to make the trains run on time.

Central planning does do that, but only to deliver people into the nightmare of social disorder brought on by the disruption of the natural flow of capital.

Venezuela, South Africa, Soviet Union, post WWII Britain ... you get the idea.

But, the effects of the collectivist mindset are far more pernicious than those extreme examples.  And it is important we understand how little policies grow into big problems over time due to shaping people’s decisions through government edicts.

Corps Insanity

There is no better example for what I’m talking about than the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.  A completely useless organization which sucks up billions in tax money to straighten rivers, build dams and alter the landscape to fit the needs of whoever paid Congress the most in lobbying money that year.

They engage in projects that cannot easily be done in the free market, nor should be done. But their activity creates downstream effects from their meddling which multiply over years and lead to problems which are orders of magnitude larger than they would have ever become naturally.

The Red Tides occurring off the Florida coast now are a political cudgel being swung at Governor Rick Scott to prevent him from moving up to U.S. Senator over his ‘environmental record.’  Now I’m no fan of Skeletor, as we call him down here, but these charges are simply grandstanding.

Because anyone who has an ounce of decency, intellectual honesty or passing acquaintance with history knows that the seeds of South Florida’s environmental nightmares are a product of the Corps of Engineers altering the landscape to serve Big Sugar and Big Corn.

These are two crops we shouldn’t even be growing (along with Soy and rapeseed) no less subsidizing due to their horrific effects on human health and development.  And this is another downstream effect of government meddling.

The real epidemic in the U.S. sapping our national wealth is not the rise of opioid use (though terrible) or the trade deficit it is diabetes and auto-immune diseases brought on by two generations of bad diet and ruinous food.

Health care and Big Pharma cost us trillions in easily avoided health problems due to the erroneous idea that human dietary needs are well-served by eating like my goats.

They aren’t.  Hell, even my goats spend most of their lives in ketosis.

This, again, is a product of government meddling into our food choices by diverting capital via farm subsidies and other bureaucratic structures built through the collective action of the ballot box.

So, a $200 million river straightening project turns into a multi-generational multi-trillion dollar loss of productive capital trying to keep people alive a little longer after a lifetime of eating like pigs being fattened for slaughter.

Okay, maybe that was the plan overall.

Rising Tides, Falling Boats

But, back to Sweden.  The results from the Swedish elections are another data point that populism is, well, popular.  The surge in popularity of the Sweden Democrats was strong enough to throw into flux the formation of a new government as support for the ruling Social Democrats has collapsed.

Where have we heard this story before?  Oh, only like all over freaking Europe.

What started with Brexit, carried across the pond to Trump, and spread to the continent in Italy, France, Poland, Austria, Hungary, Bulgaria, Romania, Russia, the Czech Republic and Germany which has now crossed back over the Baltic Sea to Sweden.

And still the political Left refuses to acknowledge the legitimacy of the concerns of voters, clinging desperately to the narrative that this is simply fringe ‘alt-right’ or ‘far-right Nazism’ rearing its head in an adolescent ab reaction to their very sensible and humanitarian policies.

They are supported in this delusion by the architects of the immigration nightmare in Europe who are quick to label anything vaguely sniffing of cultural pride as ‘extremism’ to shame apolitical and conscientious folks into staying within this failing paradigm of cultural suicide.

It is not working and thank the gods for it.

Whether the Sweden Democrats’ share of the vote is large enough for them to enter the government is irrelevant in the end.  Sweden’s political system is backward, but, hey, who am I to judge.

No one, actually, and that is the point.

The surge in popularity is what matters. And if they are excluded and things in Sweden continue as they are, then it will only serve up an even bigger voter backlash the next time they go to the polls if the government can even survive that long.

What’s is relevant is the contagion brought on by the downstream effects of one government intervention begetting a complete overhaul of the political landscape.

Europe is balkanizing.

Potential Post-EU map of Europe: Source @scottskingharry

Cultural Suicide Postponed

National cultures and community pride are sources of societal strength. The proponents of the Open Society and cultural homogenization are tone-deaf to the realities of forcing change because it is ‘the right thing to do’ or ‘the right thing to advocate.’

All it does is betray their totalitarian urge to force people they look down on to be better by first demonizing them for being racist and then acting out their own racism by forcing on their political opponents a life they do not want.

And the minute these long-suffering, abused people stand up for themselves and say, “No more” to their once peaceful communities being torn asunder by acid-throwing, gang-raping, rudderless immigrant males their reaction is to cry, “Racist!”

But that’s not working anymore.  What is working is the two-edged sword of political power.  Those that live by it will eventually hang from the rafters by it unless they willingly step aside and admit defeat with a modicum of grace and humility.

Given the reactions from the politically powerful all across Europe and the U.S. to this critical shift in the political landscape that is the last thing on their minds.

And that’s the most tragic irony of this entire period of history.  The very people who champion communitarianism and democracy as their highest ideal fear the power they have used so indiscriminately will be used against them when they lose it.

And their losses are mounting.

That’s what is inflaming their hatred and violence.  Abject terror of the backlash.  It is why this political contagion is the catalyst for global financial and economic collapse.  It’s already here in the form of emerging market upheaval. Faith in the institutions which circumscribe our lives is what props up currencies and, ultimately, asset values.

Politics got us into this mess.  It will not get us out of it.  The Great Reset is coming.  And you need to be prepared.

*  *  *

To support more work like this and get access to exclusive commentary, stock picks and analysis tailored to your needs join my more than 170 Patrons on Patreon and see if I have what it takes to help you navigate a world going slowly mad.


          Everything Apple announced at its iPhone XS event      Cache   Translate Page      
Today was Apple’s big hardware event, and the trillion-dollar company had quite a lot to share about the future of some of its most profitable product lines. While Apple boasted how its products had been completely redesigned and re-engineered, in reality, what was most notable about today’s Apple event is how Apple is choosing to […]
          Here’s how Apple’s stock fared during today’s big hardware event      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple announced a whole bunch of new products today at its fancy Cupertino campus in what was its first hardware event since becoming a $1 trillion company. The company proudly unveiled the iPhone XS, the iPhone XS Max, the Apple Watch Series 4 and more. The stock market behaved as we expected. Apple’s stock spent much […]
           Comment on Bloomington Citizens get to Fund Rent by DaxDaxterson       Cache   Translate Page      
Again what happened BEFORE Obama took office? The biggest economic crash since 1929. I guess you keep on forgetting that fact. President Trump has now amassed his first $1 trillion in debt, — and analysts said it’s just a taste of what’s to come after the tax-cuts and spending spree of recent months. "Indeed his next $1 trillion could come within a year, and one analyst said he could soon be staring at $3 trillion annual deficits if things go particularly badly in interest rates. Mr. Trump has already signed legislation that will add at least $2.4 trillion to the debt in the next decade and, should Congress make those policies permanent, could add as much as $6 trillion." Unlike Obama, Trump doesn't have an economic crisis on his hand when he entered office so why exactly will the debt increase as much as 6 trillion?
           Comment on Researchers sample Great Pacific Garbage Patch before clean-up begins by Update       Cache   Translate Page      
Floating Barrier Deployed to Great Pacific Garbage Patch to Collect Trash : The device will trap plastic from an island of trash twice as big as Texas so a vessel can bring it to land to be recycled. (Newsweek 9/10/18) https://www.usnews.com/news/national-news/articles/2018-09-10/floating-barrier-deployed-to-great-pacific-garbage-patch-to-collect-trash The Great Pacific Garbage Patch is located about 1,200 nautical miles offshore and is made up of 1.8 trillion pieces of plastic, weighing approximately 80,000 tons. According to The Ocean Cleanup, it is the largest accumulation zone for ocean plastics on the planet, covering an area twice the size of Texas. The barrier, named System 001, is being towed from the San francisco Bay by the vessel Maersk Launcher to a location 250 to 350 nautical miles offshore for a two-week trial. Then it will continue its journey to the patch, which will take two to three more weeks, The Ocean Cleanup said in a press release. https://www.theoceancleanup.com/updates/system-001-has-launched-into-the-pacific/
          Bitcoin apuntará a billones de dólares convirtiéndose en moneda de Internet mientras los países imprimen dinero para luchar contra la crisis inminente      Cache   Translate Page      
Si Bitcoin se convierte en la moneda de internet, como Jack Dorsey esperaba, tiene el mercado objetivo de $ 8 billones en la industria del comercio electrónico. Mientras tanto, el mayor propietario de fondos de cobertura del mundo dice que la crisis que se avecina sería grave a medida que los países de todo el mundo avanzan para imprimir dinero.

La ola de Bitcoin dominará el mundo

En los últimos días, el precio de Bitcoin sigue deteriorándose junto con todo el mercado de cifrado. Pero de ninguna manera significa, Bitcoin se está perdiendo en el caos de los precios. Es solo un ciclo normal! A pesar de una serie de noticias positivas en el mercado, se ve afectada por la presión de venta y los sentimientos del mercado que también podrían implicar que una billetera robusta de bitcoin esté en movimiento. Los movimientos similares ocurren en el mercado bursátil tradicional, las monedas nacionales e incluso las economías.
Sin embargo, como dijo una vez el cofundador de Twitter y CEO de Square, Jack Dorsey,
"El mundo finalmente tendrá una moneda única, Internet tendrá una moneda única. Personalmente creo que será bitcoin ".
También dijo que sucedería "probablemente más de diez años, pero podría ir más rápido".
Si echamos un vistazo a la industria de pagos de comercio electrónico como compartidos por los entusiastas del cripto Kevin Rooke, las posibilidades de Bitcoin es descomunal:

Los entusiastas de Bitcoin han estado esperando la criptomoneda líder para gobernar el mercado y convertirse en una moneda digital utilizada en todo el mundo. Si Bitcoincaptura incluso la industria de pagos de comercio electrónico, un mercado de un billón de dólares es seguramente el camino a seguir.El caos: crisis grave e impresión de dinero
Mientras tanto, hoy en una entrevista con CNBC, Ray Dalio, fundador y co-CIO del mayor fondo de cobertura del mundo, Bridgewater Associates, declaró:
"Creo que será más severo en términos de problemas sociales y políticos. Y creo que será más difícil de manejar ... No será lo mismo en términos de la crisis de la deuda del Big Bang. Será un tipo de crisis de deuda de crecimiento más lento y más restrictivo que creo que tendrá mayores implicaciones sociales y mayores implicaciones internacionales ".
Además, la situación se deteriorará aún más con la forma en que se producen las crisis económicas y los países de todo el mundo recurren a la impresión de dinero. Recientemente, las noticias del presidente Donald Trump considerando el enfoque de imprimir dinero para reducir la deuda nacional y equilibrar el presupuesto federal han estado rondando.
Según el libro "Miedo: Trump en la Casa Blanca", de Bob Woodward, un veterano periodista, Trump dijo: "Simplemente ejecute las imprentas - imprima dinero". Esto ha sido durante una discusión sobre la deuda nacional con el ex director de el Consejo Económico Nacional de la Casa Blanca, Gary Cohn.
A lo que Cohn ha dicho
"No puedes hacerlo de esa manera. Tenemos grandes déficits y ellos importan. El gobierno no mantiene un balance así ".
Sin embargo, Trump ha descartado el libro llamándolo una estafa.
La situación en torno a las economías mundiales es extremadamente grave, como lo demuestra el hecho de que Zimbabwe, que ha estado pasando por una hiperinflación, está imprimiendo un billete de 100 billones de dólares.



¡Con el camino, las economías mundiales están cayendo y la crisis financiera se avecina en el horizonte, Bitcoin parece ser la apuesta más segura!



coingape

          Wag! Survey: Dog Walkers Rated as Important as Child Care Givers      Cache   Translate Page      
...more than 10 trillions steps while walking dogs. That's almost 800 million calories burned by Wag! Walkers. For more information about dog care and to learn more about Wag!, visit: www.wagwalking.com   About Wag! Wag!'s mobile app gives ...


          Apple’s new iPhones don’t look different, but they’re made to feel different      Cache   Translate Page      

apple_iphone_keynote_2018_layout

Apple’s new iPhones don’t look different, but they’re made to feel different

If you were entering the Keynote expecting that Apple, as a trillion dollar company, or as a company that just crossed a ‘decade since launching its...

          400 investors with $32 trillion in assets step up climate action      Cache   Translate Page      

San Francisco, Sep 13 (IANS) The Investor Agenda launched here on Wednesday will support investors in accelerating and scaling-up the actions that are critical to tackling climate change and achieving the goals of the 2015 Paris Climate Change Agreement.

Its launch also demonstrates the significant momentum already evident, with 392 investors with $32 trillion in assets collectively under management, using The Investor Agenda to highlight climate action they are already taking and making new commitments.

Announced as part of PRI in Person and the Global Climate Action Summit, The Investor Agenda provides a way for investors to directly report actions they are taking, and scale-up their commitment to act, across four key focus areas: Investment, corporate engagement, investor disclosure, and policy advocacy.

Capturing new data, the Investor Agenda seeks over time to reflect the full breadth and scale of global investor-led action on climate change.

Bringing together and helping drive participation in a broad range of global investor initiatives, it also supports investors in taking greater action. This offers benefit to investors, in being able to better manage climate risks and capture low carbon opportunities as a result, while also scaling-up the investor-led contribution to achieving the goals of the Paris agreement.

Showcasing investor leadership on climate change will also be used as a way to inspire bolder commitment from investors and their peers, raising the bar and building on existing momentum.

"Investors are showing great leadership to promote climate action in multiple fronts. Their efforts to meet the shortfall in the financial resources required to deliver the Paris Agreement goals, and further building on engagement with high-emitting sectors are a valuable contribution," said Patricia Espinosa, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in welcoming the launch.

The Investor Agenda has already received strong support from influential investors and climate figures alike.

"Progress is on the agenda of the investment community, and today's announcement is hugely important, but this is just the beginning of an extraordinary, economy-wide transformation to low-carbon that we must achieve within a generation," said Christiana Figueres, convener of Mission 2020.

The Investor Agenda calls on global investors to accelerate and scale up the actions that are critical to tackling climate change and achieving the goals of the Paris agreement.

(Vishal Gulati is in San Francisco at the invitation of the Climate Trends to cover the Global Climate Action Summit (GCAS). He can be contacted at vishal.g@ians.in)

--IANS

vg/qd


          6-Figure Price Tag Expected For Rare Apple-1 Computer At Auction      Cache   Translate Page      
Before Apple was a trillion-dollar company, before its phones and laptops came to dominate the tech industry, it was just a California startup working out of a garage. Now, one of the first products the company ever made — the Apple-1 computer — is about to be the star of a live auction on Sept. 25 in Boston. "The Apple-1 is so iconic of that era, of the garage era of Silicon Valley, that I think there is almost no other object that really encapsulates what it does culturally and technologically," says Dag Spicer, senior curator for the Computer History Museum, which has an Apple-1 in its collection. Spicer says it's one of their most popular pieces. Looking at an Apple-1 is kind of like looking at the Rosetta Stone. You don't totally understand what you're seeing, but you sense its significance. "The Apple-1 didn't come with a keyboard, didn't come with a monitor or anything like that," says Corey Cohen, an expert who restores Apple-1 computers. "It really was just the board, but the
          Goldman Warns Of $6 Trillion In Losses In A "Severe Trade War" - ZeroHedge      Cache   Translate Page      
@aussietorres, @pdacosta
           华映资本章高男: 当所有人重注AI,我们看好这三大方向       Cache   Translate Page      

过去八年总投资额超过1300亿元人民币、行业企业获得投资几率高于其他行业2-3倍,BAT与VC纷纷押“重注”入局……如果说能确切预见到的未来趋势,人工智能是热点之一。

从IT(Information Technology)转向DT(Data Technology)的当下,任何行业和企业面对人工智能的发展都不敢怠慢,而就在今天宣布“退休”的马云老师,也曾在演讲中公开表示,希望倡导教育改革,帮助年轻人适应人工智能时代的来临。

近日,在2018“创响中国”创新创业大赛复赛颁奖典礼暨“人工智能&大健康”论坛上,华映资本合伙人章高男围绕以上三个问题展开了分享。他认为:AI不是风口,是现实。人工智能可以简化成四个层次:

首先,人工智能需要利用已有的经验, 这个经验的载体是海量数据;其次,有了经验以后,要通过各种数学模型去逼近这些经验,即算法和算力层;通过模型预测未来,将预测应用到不同的领域,就是各种学科;把学科应用到场景,就变成了商业应用。

面对人工智能的发展,章高男看好以下三大投资方向:

 AI+行业:强场景、强刚需,AI赋能升级产业模式。如智能物流,自动驾驶,无人仓储,安防;无人零售(深兰科技)等;

AI paas 平台:能够降低AI使用门槛,提升效率。如天云大数据,第四范式等;

底层技术:AI 芯片,前端传感器等。

renwu-zhanggaonan.webp.jpg

华映资本合伙人章高男

以下为章高男演讲实录(经整理):

大家下午好,很高兴今天能够在这里跟大家做一个关于人工智能的探讨,其实人工智能对很多人来说已经是耳熟能详了,但每个人对人工智能的理解以及层次是不一样的。因为今天在座的很多都不是技术出身,所以我尽可能把人工智能这个技术领域简化成一个模型,方便大家去探讨。

人工智能到底是什么?

我把人工智能简化分成四个层次:

人工智能四层次

首先人工智能要利用已有的经验,而这个经验的载体就是海量数据。大部分的人工智能依靠的机器学习方法,都是有监督的学习,或者半监督的学习。当然也有一些简单的强化学习,但效果相对有限。既然是监督学习,首先要有数据,要利用已有的经验。

第二步有了经验以后,要通过各种数学模型去逼近这些经验,这就是算法和算力层。算法是理论基础,算力是工程实现。算法框架是人工智能的核心,所以国际领先的大公司都在不计成本打造,例如Tensorflow,Torch等。

第三步有了模型,下一步就是通过模型预测未来是怎么样的,这个预测应用到不同的领域,就是各种学科。例如,语音识别,计算机视觉,NLP,推荐,动态规划等。

最后把学科应用到场景,就变成了商业应用。例如自动驾驶,滴滴的路径动态规划,头条的信息流推荐,智能音响等等。今天下棋人类已经下不过机器,不仅是下棋,AI还可以去帮你做诗做曲,还有精准营销,安防等等。

有人说AI是泡沫,有人说AI是风口,如果你真正了解什么是AI,你会发现其实AI不是风口,AI已经在我们的工作生活中有了大量实际的应用,而且是广泛的应用。按上述四个层面分类,如今每个层次都已诞生出百亿千亿级的大公司。比如数据层的云计算,算法算力层的Tensorflow,TPU;学科层的商汤科技;应用层的今日头条等等。

AI不是风口,是现实

我判断AI已经成为现实,有如下理由:

AI风口

第一,在技术层面,AI行业已经高度工程化。首先AI需要海量数据,今天企业拥有TB (Trillionbyte:万亿字节)级的数据已经很容易,大量小微企业都拥有足够多的数据,这在十年或者二十年以前是不可想象的,所以这是一个巨大的改变。今天企业拥有数据已经不是一个很大的门槛,都可以去做AI。

另外算法和算力也实现了大规模工程化。算法算力有国际大的公司的支持,他们已经提供了很好的平台和应用的框架,这都是已经可以工程化的框架。所以我们使用AI的门槛会大大降低。

当然这些算法的能力是有限的,今天我们想指望AI去产生思想和思维还不太现实,但是你只要给它一个明确边界,很多场景AI会比人做的好。譬如下棋是在死活约束和方格约束的前提下,需求最优面积的动态规划问题。有了这个边界,AI可以远超于人。而且最重要的是只要给出边界,它们的算力算法都有很好的工程化的方案,所以今天应用AI已经不是很难的事情。

第二点,除了技术工程化,AI要被广泛应用还要有刚需。事实上目前AI已经是企业里最大的刚需之一了。主要有两个原因:

首先,今天企业拥有的数据的维度,跟过去比,已经大大丰富。过去十年二十年前,企业里的数据很简单,无非是ERP和财务数据,拥有这些数据的企业已经是很好的企业了。但今天不一样,譬如企业要通过线上去卖东西,那么你选择天猫还是京东,产品的排位等等, 都有大量的数据需要商业决定。

当企业的数据维度有几百维的时候,很难用简单的BI(Business Intelligence)用因果关系类来分析了。这个问题要去解决,就必须应用到机器学习的方法了。

另外,今天企业拥有大量非结构化数据。比如说语音、视频、文字,图象,这些非结构化的数据只有机器学习的方法去做,用BI是没法处理这些数据的。比如我们的客服对销售的影响越来越重要,但是客服的通话记录是文字你怎么去优化呢?如果会用NLP和分类的方法,它可以产生更多的销售。

所以从上述两点讲企业对AI有强烈的需求。我们也看到很多传统行业,会有很多优化的需求。

这是我刚才的一个观点,这个观点还需要有一些数据的支持。下图是整个AI在过去几年投资的金额和项目数,黄色的曲线线是投资金额,去年已经投了将近600亿在AI相关的企业。

hangye-AI3.webp.jpg

再看第二个图,是从16年跟17年一对比,就会明显发现,16年投资集中在在早期,B轮、C轮,而17年到高点是C轮、D轮,这说明他们成长的很好,行业向成熟发展。

AI投资

再看一下人工智能公司,是资本的绝对热点。人工智能获投的公司以及未获投的公司,它的比例已经超过50%,也就是意味着每两家人工智能公司,就有一家会融到钱,这个在别的行业几乎无法想象的。无论是国内还是国外,投资机构都在对AI下重注。如果是一到两家这样做,那可能是去赌,但如果所有人去做,这说明了什么?大家可以思考一下。

hangye-AI5.webp.jpg

再从另一个维度,即企业端的态度来看AI。大家印象最深的是百度all in AI,其实何止百度,谷歌,跟微软, IBM,还有国内的阿里,包腾讯都在AI是全产业链布局的。无论从最底层的算力层,还是核心的到基础框架层,再到应用层,今天国内外最值钱的公司,他们都是在AI不计成本去投资布局的。

尤其在算法框架层,因为算法框架层是机器学习的核心,整个AI里面最核心的部分,但是这部分基本上由国外巨头主导,这个差距我们必须得认。当我们发现全球所有最成功的企业都在AI做大量布局,而不是一两家公司在赌,这说明AI的趋势确定性。

作为顶级的企业,你重注AI,你未必能够成功,但如果你不部署AI,你一定不成功。未来谁占里这个高地不知道,但是如果你不占领的话,也许很快会被被颠覆。

AI领域投资,我们看好三大方向

既然AI是刚需,大公司有都重注投入,那么从投资的角度,大企业都在部署AI,应该怎么去投呢?

我给一些自己的理解和建议:

行业AI

第一,是跟场景结合。

目前,在国外多出手纯技术类公司,不考虑短期商业模式,因为他们相对鼓励原创,有很强的技术辨别和趋势预测能力,而目前中国的投资还是以商业模式判断为主。

所以在中国,AI企业要想存活,必须要跟一些场景结合。在投资AI企业的时候,建议去找一些传统行业,AI只是一个技术,我们要找那些行业里面做得比较好的,创始人可能不是做AI的,但他用到了AI,而且AI给产生很好的效果,这种公司值得我们去关注。这种公司有可能通过这一轮技术创新,对整个行业某种程度上进行革新和洗牌。所以不要为了AI去看AI,你要去行业里面看AI的因素是不是很强,真的帮企业提高效率,产生更大的价值。

第二,是利用AI帮企业赋能,降低企业使用AI的门槛。

这些企业主要是技术驱动,虽然没有直接的场景,但是能在不同垂直行业赋能,或者帮企业降低使用AI的门槛。因为AI要用好它,对企业还是有较高门槛的,首先要有数据的存储和分布,把它变成一个分布式系统。其次,还得懂算法和业务,算法和业务结合通常要花较多时间成本。第三,最重要的是工程实现。如果你没有做过,会趟无数的坑。这层面的人才都集中在之前拥有大量数据的大公司,人才很难获得。所以现在市面上出现一些做AI的中间件,让企业接近傻瓜式的使用AI。比如做物流,需要大规模路径规划,只要告诉目标,提供数据源,可以直接帮企业优化这个业务。华映最近投资的天云大数据,就是做AI paas平台,帮助企业降低AI的使用门槛。

第三,底层技术也值得关注,譬如算法芯片。

任何算法的硬件实现都有一定的局限性,很能适用所有的算法,所以大公司不会那么激进,这就给初创公司很好的从边缘切入中心的机会。

以上就是我对人工智能发展的一些观点,再次感谢!


          Black is white. Up is down. Income is outgo.      Cache   Translate Page      
If you believe that black is white, up is down, and income is outgo, you will love the short article that recently appeared in The Week online. You will continue to read similarly misinforming articles prior to the November, ’18 elections. The federal deficit is now projected to top $1 trillion in 2018 Peter Weber […]
          Corruption costs $2.6 trillion or 5% of global GDP, says U.N. chief      Cache   Translate Page      
The cost of corruption is at least $2.6 trillion, or 5% of the global GDP, U.N. Secretary-General Antonio Guterres has said and urged the international community to work effectively against money laundering, tax evasion and illicit financial flows. According to Read More ...
          Wealth Management - Private Bank - Banker - Vice President or Executive Director - Milwaukee, WI - JP Morgan Chase - Milwaukee, WI      Cache   Translate Page      
JPMorgan Chase & Co. Is a leading global financial services firm with assets of more than $2.4 trillion, over 240,000 employees and operations in over 60...
From JPMorgan Chase - Sun, 26 Aug 2018 11:45:23 GMT - View all Milwaukee, WI jobs
          People can't get enough of Apple      Cache   Translate Page      
Despite ever-increasing prices and fierce competition, consumers flock to Apple's new products every year. Surely this year will be no different, and hosts Mustafa Alrawi and Chris Nelson assess the world's first trillion-dollar company as it unveils a new line of products in this week's Business Extra podcast. Also in this episode: * Saudi petrochemicals maker Sabic has growing ambitions in China, a sign of how some of the Kingdom's largest businesses are diversifying. * Siemens is pinning its hopes to electric passenger jets in the hopes that hybrid-electric planes are the future of flight. * And we have a chat with Emirati branding expert Kawthar Bin Sulayam, the founder and CEO of KBS Communications, who has helped with the branding efforts of the Dubai government and the Abu Dhabi Grand Prix.
          9/12/2018: News In Focus: BITE OF THE APPLE      Cache   Translate Page      

• Apple is the world’s largest information technology firm by revenue. For the 2017 fiscal year its worldwide annual revenue was $229 billion. This August it became the first public US company valued at more than $1 trillion. • This year the press was...
          Pink dollar’ to boost India’s economy after gay sex decriminalised      Cache   Translate Page      
India’s private sector is set to enter a new era of inclusiveness, after a landmark Supreme Court ruling decriminalised homosexuality in a move that’s expected to provide a significant boost to the South Asian nation’s $2.6 trillion economy. Many multinational businesses in India and elsewhere...
          U.S. Debt Increasing Faster than Expected      Cache   Translate Page      
No surprise here, the U.S. national debt continues to defy expectations by experts, and will soon be topping $1 trillion a year. Oh, and it only gets worse. The Financial Armageddon Economic Collapse Blog tracks trends and forecasts , futurists , visionaries , free investigative...

[[ This is a content summary only. Visit http://www.figanews.com or http://FinanceArmageddon.blogspot.com or http://www.newsbooze.com or http://www.figanews.com for full links, other content, and more! ]]
          Apple unveils new larger iPhones named XS and XS Max, health-oriented watches      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple unveiled larger iPhones and watches based on its current models on Wednesday, confirming expectations that the company is making only minor changes to its line-up. Apple wants users to upgrade to newer, more expensive devices as a way to boost revenue as global demand for smartphones levels off. The strategy helped Apple become the first publicly-traded US company to hit a market value of more than US$1 trillion earlier this year. Apple shares were down 0.9 per cent on Nasdaq. The new...
          Climate Change and Big Money for New Technology      Cache   Translate Page      
California leads the nation in reducing greenhouse emissions, but Governor Jerry Brown concedes that’s just the beginning. Will his global conference on climate change make any difference? Not without trillions of dollars, which will have to come from private investors. We’ll hear about some exotic technologies attracting that kind of money.      
          The Apple iPhone XS Has a Camera that Does 1 Trillion Operations Per Photo      Cache   Translate Page      
The day has finally come where we can pretty much squash any rumors involving the new Apple iPhone XS and Apple iPhone XS Max. This is an upgrade to the previous Apple iPhone X. It brings with it a new processing engine and changes the way that it handles apps, graphics, etc. It also does it in a really battery efficient way--or at least that's what Apple is claiming in their keynote.
          Apple Officially First $1 Trillion Company      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple Officially First $1 Trillion Company
          Why are the Indian authorities afraid of a ʹhalf-Maoistʹ?      Cache   Translate Page      

Why

Ninety-percent-disabled Indian professor GN Saibaba is dying a slow death in prison, accused of having ʹMaoist linksʹ.
by Pavan Malreddy & Ashok Kumbamu


Since the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) took the reigns of power in New Delhi in 2014, assaults on public intellectuals, humanists, rationalists and secular forces have reached a feverish pitch. By the time the BJP completed its fourth year in office, prominent public figures such as scholar Govind Pansare, academic MM Kalburgi and journalist Gauri Lankesh were murdered by ʹunidentified assailantsʹ.
As we write, Maharashtra Police made five fresh arrests of rights activists, including the veteran Telugu poet Varavara Rao, and raided the homes of journalists and scholars across India.
In June 2018 alone, five Dalit rights activists, including a lawyer and a professor were arrested for allegedly inciting violence against the very Dalit community (ʹuntouchableʹ castes) they represent. These arrests were made under the draconian Unlawful Activities Prevention Act (UAPA), which enables the prosecution of Indian citizens merely on the basis of their ideology and thoughts, not necessarily for any actual crimes they might have committed.
In addition to this legalised persecution, dozens of Muslims and Dalits were subject to live burnings and public lynching by the so-called ʹcow protectionʹ vigilante groups, most notably in the BJP-ruled states of Maharashtra, Haryana and Gujarat.
But perhaps the most astonishing case of all would be the arrest and life imprisonment of the wheelchair-bound professor, GN Saibaba, for his alleged connections with Maoist revolutionaries.
The 827-page verdict delivered by the Gadchiroli District and Sessions judge reads more like an extension of Franz Kafkaʹs epic novel, The Trial, riddled with senseless details about how five hard disks, 30 CDs and DVDs, and three pen drives recovered from Saibabaʹs home were labelled, stored and transported by various investigative authorities, with barely a legible sentence on the actual crime committed by the accused.
The only passage that holds some credible meaning is the judgeʹs own lack of faith in his judgment: ʹThe imprisonment for life is not a sufficient punishment to the accused, but the hands of court are closed with the mandate of Section 18 and 20 of UAPAʹ.
And the only crime committed by GN Saibaba is the possession of the above-mentioned ʹdigital devicesʹ, which consisted of some ʹMaoist literature and documentsʹ and, by association, were adequate enough to prove his ʹdigitalʹ links to the Maoist revolutionaries operating in the remote jungles of East and Central India.
Yet, on the basis of this ʹliteraryʹ evidence alone, the Sessions judge came to the unmistakable conclusion that Saibaba is a ʹmemberʹ of the Community Party of India (Maoist).
Not only do these charges have little or no factual basis, but they render themselves impossible to any logical or rational substance given that Maoists are banned revolutionaries who operate discretely and anonymously, often using aliases and longhand notes to communicate internally.
Not only do these charges have little or no factual basis, but they render themselves impossible to any logical or rational substance given that Maoists are banned revolutionaries who operate discretely and anonymously, often using aliases and longhand notes to communicate internally.
They rarely use mobile phones or other ʹdigital devicesʹ and it is highly doubtful that they have equipped themselves with a printing facility in the jungle to produce membership cards and go about distributing them like marketing vouchers.
A ʹmembershipʹ with such a closed organisation, especially for an outsider, is a highly subjective, self-pronounced association based on oneʹs political views and ideological proclivities. But even if we assume that Saibaba is a ʹmemberʹ of the Maoist party, as the Kerala High Court has reasserted in an erstwhile case in 2015, it is not a crime in itself, unless the activities of the ʹmemberʹ in question are unlawful.
The Supreme Court of India went even further to censure the law enforcement authorities for randomly arresting people for possessing Maoist material, issuing a directive that owning Maoist literature does not make one a Maoist, no more than owning a copy of Gandhiʹs autobiography makes one a Gandhian!
Be that as it may, if Saibabaʹs crime is worth life imprisonment in solitary confinement, then we need to go no further than the fraternity of Bollywood stars and Indian politicians to get a glimpse into the Janus-faced justice system in India.
Maya Kodnani, a cabinet minister of Gujarat in 2004, was convicted in 2012 for orchestrating the massacre of 97 Muslims, including 36 women and 35 children in Naroda Gam and Naroda Patiya in February 2002.
Ironically, Kodnani was the Minister for Women and Child Development at the time of these killings, and was seen by the witnesses at the crime scene distributing swords to the Hindu mobs. For the brutal killing of 97 people, some of whom were butchered, mutilated, and even burned alive, she received a generous 28 years of imprisonment by a lower court. In April 2018, the Gujarat high court overturned the sentence. Kodnani walks free.
Salman Khan, a popular Bollywood star, was acquitted in a 2002 hit-and-run case after the testimony of his bodyguard, who stated that the actor was driving under the influence of alcohol when his car rolled over five homeless men sleeping on the pavement, was mysteriously deemed unreliable in an appeal 13 years later.
Sanjay Dutt, another chest-thumping star, who was charged for the possession of illegal arms that were used in the Mumbai blasts in 1993 – killing some 300 civilians – received a mere five-year sentence, and was released on ʹgood behaviourʹ after serving only three and half years, excluding numerous paroles, special family visits and a month-long furlough to look after his ailing wife.
While these three cases were dragged on for years, Saibabaʹs case was wrapped up in a record time of three years. And luckily, these important personalities were not in possession of objects as lethal as ʹMaoist literatureʹ, but just swords, AK-56s, explosives, and SUVs that roll themselves over innocent bystanders.
But for a man whose sole crime was to own ʹdigital devicesʹ, even if he is 90 percent disabled, suffering from some nineteen other diagnosed illnesses, the same justice system shows little compassion to grant a bail.
Reiterating these concerns, the United Nations Human Rights Office of the Commissioner issued an unequivocal statement: ʹWe would like to remind India that any denial of reasonable accommodation for people with disabilities in detention is not only discriminatory but may well amount to ill-treatment or even tortureʹ.
Efforts to put Saibaba behind bars started in 2013 when the Maharashtra police approached the Aheri Judicial Magistrate to obtain a ʹsearch warrantʹ to see whether some ʹstolen propertyʹ from their state could be found in Saibabaʹs house in another state in New Delhi.
The alleged property theft had occurred some 760 miles away from where Saibaba lived. On September 12, 2013, 50 police personnel and intelligence officials raided Saibabaʹs house on the University of Delhi campus.
Under the pretext of recovering ʹstolen propertyʹ, they confiscated Saibabaʹs laptop, hard disks, pen drives, CDs and mobile phones. During his interrogation, Saibaba fully cooperated with the police authorities, even providing them passwords to all his personal electronic devices.
But little did the professor know that his research material, teaching notes and political writings would be used as evidence for his alleged links with the Maoists.
On May 9, 2014, when Saibaba was returning home from his office, policemen in civilian clothes obstructed his car just 200 metres away from his house and detained him.
Since then, the state agencies have launched a systemic media campaign against Saibaba, painting him as the face of the so-called ʹurban Maoistsʹ – an utterly senseless label given that there is no such thing as ʹrural Maoistsʹ, even if the latter appear to be the stateʹs preferred enemy, to say nothing of the ʹjungle Maoistsʹ, ʹslum Maoistsʹ or ʹsuburban Maoistsʹ.
If that is not enough, referring to the five Dalit Rights activists arrested on June 6, 2018, Indiaʹs Finance Minister Arun Jaitley came up with an even more creative label, ʹhalf-Maoistsʹ:
Willingly or otherwise, they become the over-ground face of the underground. They are a part of the democratic system. They masquerade as activist; they speak the language of democracy; they have captured the human rights movement in several parts of the country but always lend support to the Maoist cause.
If speaking the language of democracy or ʹcapturingʹ human rights movements automatically translates into lending support to the Maoist cause, then the authors of this opinion piece should be called ʹquarter-Maoistsʹ, ʹnon-resident Maoistsʹ, if not ʹcosmopolitan Maoistsʹ.
But such endless streaming of prefixes to Indian Maoism by the state-sponsored Indian media has all but a single-minded, foregone agenda: to cast out anyone who questions state atrocities against Adivasis (Indiaʹs tribal people) – be they academics, environmentalists or Dalit activists – as ʹurban Maoistsʹ.
Like the ʹpollutedʹ Dalits who were ostracised from the village proper to preserve the ʹpurityʹ of the Brahminical castes, Maoists have become the new untouchables of India, whose very ideological proximity to oneʹs pedestrian views or private thoughts is enough to label him/her as their card-carrying member.
In Chattisgarh alone, this ostracising campaign has reached such contagious proportions that when 10 tribal men, alleged sympathisers of Naxals – a vernacular term for Maoists – were killed by the state police in 2010, a bench of Supreme Court judges went on recordto say that: ʹFirst, you say that operations are conducted against Naxals, then Naxal sympathisers and then sympathisers of such sympathisers. What is all this?ʹ
GN Saibaba is a glaring victim of this systemic campaign to outcast Maoism from the civic and public spheres of debate, discussion and dissent. How else could we explain his incredible transformation from a child of illiterate peasants to a force so fearful and lethal that a small-scale army of ʹ2000 police persons, 100 vehicles, and 20 land-mining clearance machinesʹ was mobilised just to escort him from police station to court? What was his crime? What are the weapons of his choice?
The mineral wealth upon which some 20 million Adivasis have settled from time immemorial is the major bone of contention. Their capital worth, as speculated by the Indian corporate elite, is $1 trillion. The easiest way to acquire this treasure trove is by bulldozing the Adivasis.
GN Saibaba came into the media limelight in early 2010 when he began to speak against the notorious military offensive Operation Green Hunt launched by the Indian state in November 2009. Its aim was to crush the Maoists, but the prize of it would have been the 55,000 hectares of mineral-rich Adivasi land, known variedly in the paramilitaryʹs shorthand as ʹPakistanʹ or ʹRed Corridorʹ.
But it is not that GN Saibaba became an overnight sensation. He had a long history of championing issues of social justice and civil coalition movements. In 1997, he became the General Secretary of the All India Peopleʹs Resistance Forum. In 2004, he co-organised the Mumbai Resistance, which showcased alternative forms of civil society resistance to the World Social Forum.
But why was Saibaba drawn to issues of civil and social justice in the first place? Is it so inconceivable that someone born into a ʹbackward casteʹ family, who lost every inch of their three acres of farmland to the moneylenders, added with the burden of physical impairment, is drawn to the struggles and suffering of Dalits and Adivasis?
Is it so intolerable that Saibaba, a professor at a publicly funded university, chose to teach, speak and research on civil rights movements, tribal resistance and Maoist revolution?
Spare a thought for his colleagues at Delhi University, who risked their own careers to launch a sustained campaign against Saibabaʹs imprisonment, some of whom indeed became the targets of repeated harassment, various disciplinary actions and suspensions by the university administration. And the process of outcasting many members of Saibabaʹs Defence Committee as ʹurban Maoistsʹ is already under way.
Not because these members sympathise with Maoism, but simply because they sympathise with someone who is allegedly sympathetic to Maoist views. The Brahminical logic triumphs yet again: one becomes ʹpollutedʹ not only because one comes in direct contact with an ʹuntouchableʹ person, but also because one touches someone who has allegedly touched an ʹuntouchableʹ Dalit!
When the Nobel Laureate Amartya Sen spoke in support of Binayak Sen – a physician and a civil rights activist, who is currently facing life imprisonment under the same sedition law which was used to silence Saibaba -, the Indian intellectuals in the West applauded his courage for questioning the shirking democratic values in India.
But the same intellectuals who offered the world various intellectual optics of postcolonial theory and subaltern studies, built on the histories and struggles of peasants, tribals and Dalits, have remained eerily silent about the persecution of a disabled public intellectual who literally crawled his way from a remote south Indian village to the elite educational institutions in India because he couldnʹt even afford a wheelchair.
The figure of Saibaba is indeed one of a crawling creature whose dignity is being incrementally stripped away by the prison authorities who refuse him access to a special-needs toilet, medical treatment and spousal visits and haul him in and out of police vehicles like a piece of baggage.
Saibaba now sits in Nagpur Central Jail, in the solitary confinement of the notorious Anda (egg-shaped) cell with 360-degree surveillance, disabled from below the waist, enabled by his only functioning hand, and doing what he knows best – putting his pen to work:
The closure of my voice within me exploded my crippled body from each of my organs. One after the other, my organs started bursting. The silence within me explodes into shooting pain. My vocal cords acquired lesion making my voice a thin and inaudible shrill. My heart broke with Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy. My brain has started having blackouts with a condition called syncope. My kidneys are silted with pebbles; gallbladder gathered stones and pancreas grew a tail of pain called pancreatitis. Nerve lines in my left shoulder broke under the conditions of my arrest, named as brachial plexopathy. More and more organs of silence replaced the original. I have been living with explosive and shooting pain day in and day out. I am living on the margins of life.
A 10 percent able body. A ʹhalf Maoistʹ. Full life sentence. A slow and screaming death, organ by organ.
(source: https://www.aljazeera.com/indepth/opinion/indian-authorities-afraid-maoist-180830094344964.html)
          Assets managed in U.K. up 11% to £7.7 trillion      Cache   Translate Page      
Assets managed in the U.K. grew 11% to a record £7.7 trillion in 2017 compared with 2016.
          Vanguard names Joseph Brennan to newly created chief risk officer role      Cache   Translate Page      
Brennan, currently head of Vanguard's Equity Index Group, which oversees $3.1 trillion in 319 mutual funds and ETFs, will be succeeded by C. Rodney Comegys.
          Cigarette tax revenues witness 42% growth      Cache   Translate Page      
Financial Tribune – The government earned 2.5 trillion rials ($20.66 million) from cigarette tax in the first four months of the current fiscal year (March 21-July 22). The figure indicates...
          Mobile payments driving retail e-commerce sales worldwide      Cache   Translate Page      
In 2017, retail e-commerce sales worldwide reached $2.304 trillion, a 24.8% increase over the previous year. Mobile payments were a key factor, as m-commerce sales totalled $1.357 trillion, making up 58.9% of digital sales—a large jump in share from 40.2% in 2015 according to , eMarketer estimates. Retail mobile commerce salesA majority of first-time digital […]
          How to Reach the Hidden Market of Baby Boomer Women      Cache   Translate Page      

Are you among the 91 percent of marketers ignoring a massive consumer demographic with trillions of dollars to spend? Unless you’re marketing to baby boomer women, the answer is yes.

 

Baby boomer women (currently aged between 54 and 72), account for more than half of the 78 million baby boomers. The net worth of women aged 50+ is $19 trillion. They’re also poised to inherit even more money from their parents: Boomer women are projected to control two-thirds of all consumer wealth over the next decade.

 

Here’s what boomer women are doing, what they want and how to reach them.

81170675_s.jpg

 

Embracing technology

 

Tech adoption rates among boomers have soared in recent years. Nearly seven in 10 boomers own smartphones, 52 percent own tablets, and 57 percent use social media. A whopping 94 percent of boomer women shop online.

 

Life transitions

 

Some boomer women are still in the “sandwich generation,” caring for both children and aging parents. Convenience is paramount for this demographic, especially if they work outside the home, and they’ll spend more for products and services that save them precious time.

Other boomer women, with adult children finally out of the nest, have more time and financial resources to devote to themselves. Still others are single for the first time in decades: The divorce rate among adults age 50+has doubled since 1995.

 

Hot products and services for boomer women

 

  • Travel: Regardless of where they go, whom they’re going with, or who’s paying, women make 80 percent of all travel decisions. They’re also more likely to travel solo than men. Consider offering women-only tours where solo female travelers can make new friends; “girlfriend” travel packages for women traveling with friends or daughters; or couples’ packages for empty-nesters revitalizing their relationships.

 

  • Fashion: Nearly seven in 10 boomer women believe the fashion industry ignores them; 82 percent say apparel for women their age is too old-fashioned. Take a cue from the profitability of plus-sized clothing: If you can take the physical changes of age into account and sell clothing that’s good-quality, flattering and current, you’ve got a ready market.

 

  • Health and fitness: Boomer women want to stay active and fit, but they’re not up for hard-core boot camps. Instead, try personal training and low-impact fitness regimens like Pilates, barre and yoga.

 

  • Financial planning: Boomer women need expert guidance for managing they money they control; divorcees need help navigating a new financial reality. Financial planners that cater to women instead of assuming men control the finances will find success.

 

                    Read more: Women and Financial Wellness: Beyond the Bottom Line

 

  • Adult education: Whether finally indulging a passion for watercolor painting, learning Italian or prepping for a late-life career change, boomer women are eager to learn new skills and rediscover old hobbies.

 

Marketing do’s and don’ts

 

Try these tips to market to boomer women.

 

  • Keep it real. Most ads portray boomers either as frail seniors who can’t work a cell phone, or uber-fit triathletes. Avoid these extremes and use realistic images of boomer women in your advertising.
  • When choosing images, keep in mind boomers tend to see themselves as 10 years younger than they are—but not 20 or 30 years younger. Avoid teenagers and 20-somethings as models.
  • Use imagery of boomer women
  • Target peers. Boomer women get their beauty information from friends and family, consumer reviews, and lifestyle and beauty blogs. Use social media and online review sites to spread word-of-mouth about your business.
  • Understand how women buy. According to Marti Barletta, an expert in marketing to women, women tend to have a longer sales cycle and ask more questions about products and services. Provide plenty of details and be patient. Check out more articles about marketing.

 

About Rieva Lesonsky

Rieva Lesonsky Headshot.png

Rieva Lesonsky is CEO and Co-founder of GrowBiz Media, a custom content and media company focusing on small business and entrepreneurship, and the blog SmallBizDaily.com. A nationally known speaker and authority on entrepreneurship, Rieva has been covering America’s entrepreneurs for more than 30 years. Before co-founding GrowBiz Media, Lesonsky was the long-time Editorial Director of Entrepreneur Magazine. Lesonsky has appeared on hundreds of radio shows and numerous local and national television programs, including the Today Show, Good Morning America, CNN, The Martha Stewart Show and Oprah.

 

Lesonsky regularly writes about small business for numerous websites and for corporations targeting entrepreneurs. Many organizations have recognized Lesonsky for her tireless devotion to helping entrepreneurs. She served on the Small Business Administration’s National Advisory Council for six years, was honored by the SBA as a Small Business Media Advocate and a Woman in Business Advocate, and received the prestigious Lou Campanelli award from SCORE. She is a long-time member of the Business Journalists Hall of Fame.

 

Web: www.growbizmedia.com or Twitter: @Rieva

You can read more articles from Rieva Lesonsky by clicking here

 

Bank of America, N.A. engages with Rieva Lesonsky to provide informational materials for your discussion or review purposes only. Rieva Lesonsky is a registered trademark, used pursuant to license. The third parties within articles are used under license from Rieva Lesonsky. Consult your financial, legal and accounting advisors, as neither Bank of America, its affiliates, nor their employees provide legal, accounting and tax advice.

 

Bank of America, N.A. Member FDIC. ©2018 Bank of America Corporation


          What to watch for at Apple's big event on Wednesday      Cache   Translate Page      
The event comes shortly after Apple became the first publicly traded U.S. company to reach $1 trillion in market value.
          6-Figure Price Tag Expected For Rare Apple-1 Computer At Auction      Cache   Translate Page      
Before Apple was a trillion-dollar company, before its phones and laptops came to dominate the tech industry, it was just a California startup working out of a garage. Now, one of the first products the company ever made — the Apple-1 computer — is about to be the star of a live auction on Sept. 25 in Boston. "The Apple-1 is so iconic of that era, of the garage era of Silicon Valley, that I think there is almost no other object that really encapsulates what it does culturally and technologically," says Dag Spicer, senior curator for the Computer History Museum, which has an Apple-1 in its collection. Spicer says it's one of their most popular pieces. Looking at an Apple-1 is kind of like looking at the Rosetta Stone. You don't totally understand what you're seeing, but you sense its significance. "The Apple-1 didn't come with a keyboard, didn't come with a monitor or anything like that," says Corey Cohen, an expert who restores Apple-1 computers. "It really was just the board, but the
          Comment on TRON Price: Can eSports and Justin Sun’s Optimism Turn the Ship Around? by cgom774      Cache   Translate Page      
By when will it be 10 Trillion ?
          Wall Street is betting on more expensive iPhones      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple is expected to blast further past the $1,000 price barrier when it launches new iPhones on Wednesday, but Wall Street is most intrigued by how deep into its larger-than-ever lineup price hikes may go. Apple’s market capitalization has passed $1 trillion and the company needs to sustain revenue growth from its signature product even...
          Diffbot、AIによるナレッジグラフをローンチ——人、場所、モノに関する1兆件の情報を網羅      Cache   Translate Page      

Google サーチでセレブや有名ランドマーク、あるいは製品についてサーチしたとき、結果ページの右側に表示されるインフォボックスを目にしたことがある人...

投稿 Diffbot、AIによるナレッジグラフをローンチ——人、場所、モノに関する1兆件の情報を網羅THE BRIDGE(ザ・ブリッジ) に最初に表示されました。


          Report: Nearly half of US mobile connections will be on 5G by 2025      Cache   Translate Page      
Meanwhile, the mobile industry's economic contribution in North America should reach $1.1 trillion by 2022, according to the GSMA.
          Comment on [KR1277] Keiser Report: Fracking Financial Crisis Lurking by Youri Carma      Cache   Translate Page      
9/11 Trillions: Follow The Money Sep 11, 2015 corbettreport https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n3xgjxJwedA
          Legal- VP, Assistant General Counsel- CCB Legal Review Team - Jersey City, NJ 07308      Cache   Translate Page      
JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE: JPM) is a leading global financial services firm with assets of $2.6 trillion and operations in more than 60 countries. The firm is a leader in...
          The Incredible Shrinking Hedge Fund      Cache   Translate Page      
(Bloomberg) You’d be forgiven for thinking the hedge fund industry might be starting to rebound. Industry assets are at a record $3.2 trillion this year, and a brand-new ?rm just brought in an unprecedented $8 billion. But the reality isn’t […]
          Vanguard names Joseph Brennan to newly created chief risk officer role      Cache   Translate Page      
Brennan, currently head of Vanguard's Equity Index Group, which oversees $3.1 trillion in 319 mutual funds and ETFs, will be succeeded by C. Rodney Comegys.
          Vice President U Myint Swe delivers speech at opening ceremony of 15th CAEXPO, CABIS      Cache   Translate Page      



Vice President of U Myint Swe attended the 15th CHINA – ASEAN EXPO (CAEXPO) and CHINA-ASEAN BUSINESS and INVESTMENT SUMMIT(CABIS) held at the Nanning International Convention and Exhibition Centre — Guangxi, China, yesterday morning.


Present at the opening ceremony were Mr. Han Zheng, a member of the Politburo Standing Committee of the Communist Party of China and Vice-Premier, leaders of delegations from ASEAN countries, Union Minister for Commerce Dr. Than Myint, Myanmar Ambassador to China U Thit Lin Ohn, Director-General from the Ministry of Commerce U AungSoe, Myanmar Consul-General in Nanning U SoeThet Naung and officials, high-ranking officials from China and ASEAN countries and businessmen.

At the opening ceremony, Mr. Han Zheng, a member of the Politburo Standing Committee of the Communist Party of China and Vice-Premier delivered the opening speech followed by speeches made by leaders of delegations from the ASEAN countries.


In his speech, Vice President U Myint Swe said that first and foremost, he was obliged to the Government of the Republic of China, officials from the Guangxi autonomous region and organizers of the 15th CHINA – ASEAN EXPO (CAEXPO) and CHINA-ASEAN BUSINESS & INVESTMENT SUMMIT (CABIS) for their invitation and warm hospitality. As for China, China-ASEAN Expo is being held every year in Nanning; he was pleased to see the remarkable results from that expo, and believes that it would retain its significant place and further strengthen the ASEAN-China Strategic Partnership through trade, investment, tourism and connectivity among people. China is ASEAN’s longest partner and the year 2018 is a significant year because it marks the15th year anniversary of ASEAN-China Strategic Partnership. He thanked China for supporting ASEAN community building and strengthening in keeping the ASEAN integration process through the implementation of three schemes for the Master Plan on ASEAN Connectivity 2025. China also stands for 8 consecutive years as the largest trading partner of ASEAN, and trade volume between China and ASEAN countries has reached 17.1 per cent as of total trade volume of ASEAN countries in 2017. Moreover it was found that China has remained the third largest source of foreign direct investment of ASEAN nations.

It was needed to keep the momentum going forward, and as for us to double our efforts so as to elevate bilateral trade between China and ASEAN countries to 1 trillion U.S dollars and to reach an investment volume to 150 billion U.S dollars by 2020.

Moreover the year 2018 has been designated as ASEAN-China Year of Innovation (YOI). With the theme of “Jointly Building the 21st Century Maritime Silk Road, Forging the China-ASEAN Community of Innovation,” this year’s expo will feature a host of exhibitions, forums and exchange programs, aimed at lifting the friendly cooperation between China and ASEAN to a new level. We welcome the schemes and on-going process of ASEAN-China Year of Innovation (YOI), and to implement the joint declaration on “Science, technology and innovation” at the ASEAN-China summit made by China which will be held in November 2018.

We are in need of striving to make renovation and making the best use of opportunities utilizing trading, digital economy, technology and fourth industrial revolution. At the same time, we should find ways to promote the ASEAN-China Strategic Partnership aiming to cooperate with the new fields including science, digital and technological advancement. We can promote trading and investment through cooperation among the people. Myanmar and China has shared the longest border areas and we also know the importance of “The Belt and Road Programme” and attended the Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation that was held in May 2017. In order to succeed in this programme, it is of great importance to maintain great relationship and peaceful environment between the countries. We are also much obliged to China for assisting to implement the schemes for the Master Plan on ASEAN Connectivity 2025, including the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) and the Maritime Silk Road Bank that can enhance the maritime trade network, ports, harbours, shipping and basic infrastructure. As for Myanmar and China, cooperation is being made to construct the strategic and comprehensive Kyaukpyu deep sea port project. China is assisting Myanmar’s peace process and national reconciliation programme, and we are going to maintain good relationships. We pledged to maintain the ASEAN-China the ASEAN-China Strategic Partnership and provide support to build the 21st century Maritime Silk Road. The Vice President U MyintSwe concluded his speech by pledging to cooperate closely between ASEAN countries and China.

Following this, after leaders of delegations from ASEAN countries have delivered their speeches the 15th CHINA – ASEAN EXPO (CAEXPO) and CHINA-ASEAN BUSINESS & INVESTMENT SUMMIT(CABIS) were formally declared to be open. Then Vice President U Myint Swe and party went to the exhibition booth where the Myanmar National booth was displayed and saw the performance of Kayin National Dance. In the afternoon, Vice President U Myint Swe met with media personnel from news agencies and answered questions regarding bilateral relation, economy and trade. Afterwards, Vice President U Myint Swe and party visited the China-ASEAN information Harbour. Later in the evening, they went to Myanmar Consulate General inNanning, China, and met with embassy staff and their family members.

Photo: MNA

Ref; The Global New Light of Myanmar


          Eastern Economic Forum Brings Dozens of Multibillion Deals to Russia - Trutnev      Cache   Translate Page      
VLADIVOSTOK (Russia)(Sputnik) – A total of 175 agreements worth of 2.9 trillion rubles (some $42 billion) have been signed on the sidelines of the 2018 Eastern Economic Forum (EEF) held in the Russian city of Vladivostok, Russian Deputy Prime Minister Yury Trutnev told reporters on Thursday.
          Apple Unveils iPhone Xs and Xs Max      Cache   Translate Page      
If you’re an Apple fan, then, today marks the most extravagant day of your calendar as the tech giant officially unleashed its latest premium smartphones – the iPhone Xs, iPhone Xs Max, and the iPhone XR.

Apple Unveils iPhone Xs and Xs Max
Apple Unveils iPhone Xs and Xs Max

Right now, let’s put our spotlight first on the two brothers who share almost the same specs and features. Having nearly identical offerings, the iPhone Xs and Xs Max just differ in size. The regular variant flashes a 2436 x 1125 resolution, while the Max model flaunts a bigger 2688 x 1242 pixels. Nevertheless, the two devices boast Super Retina OLED display with 120Hz touch sensing, True Tone, 3D Touch, Tap to wake, and Dolby Vision HDR 10 support.

Also, both handsets are dressed with a premium-looking physique with IP68 certification. To make it more sophisticated, it comes with three classy color variants: gold, silver, and space gray.

Under the hood, the Xs and Xs Max are powered by the new A12 hexa-core bionic chip complemented with a quad-core GPU which is said to be 50% faster than the A11, and an octa-core Neural Engine that focuses on Dedicated Machine Learning and Smart Compute System. Just like before, it won’t feature an expandable storage, but Apple elevated its offerings with up to 512GB of ROM.

See Also: Apple Becomes 1st Company to Hit USD 1 Trillion Mark on a Public Stock Market

iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max
iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max

Jumping off to its camera department, Apple mounted it with dual rear cameras composed of 12-megapixel wide-angle f/1.8 and another 12-megapixel f/2.4 telephoto sensors. For selfie, it sports a 7-megapixel snapper that features depth portrait mode.

When it comes to its stamina, Apple claimed that the iPhone Xs and Xs Max are juiced with a battery that can last 30 minutes longer and 1.5 hours longer than the iPhone X, respectively.

Meanwhile, Apple finally allows user to utilize two SIMs as it equipped the devices with Dual SIM capability through eSIM technology.

The devices run on iOS 12 software, too.

Consumers can pre-order the iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max starting September 14, while it will start sailing in 30 shores beginning September 21. It will have a starting price of USD 999 and USD 1,099, correspondingly.

Meanwhile, there are no words yet about its local availability and pricing.

Apple iPhone Xs and Xs Max Specs:


  • Dual SIM (single nano + eSIM), supports 4G VoLTE connectivity
  • 5.8-inch Super Retina OLED (2346 x 1125) capacitive touchscreen/6.5-inch Super Retina OLED (2688 x 1242) capacitive touchscreen
  • Dimensions: 143.6mm x 70.9mm x 7.7mm / 157.5mm x 77.4mm x 7.7mm
  • Weight: 177 grams / 208 grams
  • iOS 12
  • Apple A12 Bionic hexa-core chip, Apple GPU (4-core graphics)
  • 64GB/256GB/512GB non-expandable storage
  • 12MP wide-angle + 12MP dual rear cameras
  • 7MP f/2.2 front snapper + IR Camera
  • Wide Stereo Speakers
  • Wi-Fi 802.11ac 2x2 MIMO
  • Bluetooth 5.0
  • NFC
  • GPS with GLONASS, Galileo, and QZSS
  • Lightning Port
  • Sensors: Face ID, aceleremoter, gyro, proximity, compass, barometer
  • Non-removable Li-Ion battery
  • Colors: Space Gray, Silver, Gold
  • Price: USD 999, USD 1,149, USD 1,349 (iPhone Xs); USD 1,099, USD 1,249, USD 1,449 (iPhone Xs Max)

          Wealth Management - Private Bank - Banker - Vice President or Executive Director - Milwaukee, WI - JP Morgan Chase - Milwaukee, WI      Cache   Translate Page      
JPMorgan Chase & Co. Is a leading global financial services firm with assets of more than $2.4 trillion, over 240,000 employees and operations in over 60...
From JPMorgan Chase - Sun, 26 Aug 2018 11:45:23 GMT - View all Milwaukee, WI jobs
          China's pockets may not be deep enough to bail out emerging markets      Cache   Translate Page      

AP_18232179553108

  • China has extended easy credit to vulnerable countries.
  • But its pockets are not as deep as they once were, analysts say.
  • Lending to emerging markets could also face political backlash.

When Malaysia canceled two large-scale infrastructure projects backed by China last month, Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad said he was afraid the country could go bankrupt. As leader of a government that has tried to crowdfund its $250 billion of debt, that seems to be a reasonable concern.

"It’s all about borrowing too much money, which we cannot afford and cannot repay because we don’t need these projects in Malaysia," Mahathir told the New York Times in interviews about the projects, a rail link and a natural gas pipeline that had a collective price tag of more than $22 billion.

Malaysia is just the latest debt-ridden country to have been courted by Chinese lenders, a potential alternative to International Monetary Fund programs that can come with sweeping stipulations.

For example, China is Venezuela's largest creditor, lending the collapsing country more than $62 billion over the past decade. And just last week, President Xi Jinping offered countries in Africa another $60 billion in aid and loans.

But throwing life lines to emerging markets could be impractical for China in the long run, Nomura economists led by Ting Lu wrote in a recent note.

"China is still financially healthy, but its pockets are not as deep as they were," Lu wrote.

In the first three months of 2018, China ran its first current account-deficit since before joining the World Trade Organization in 2001. It rebounded by the second-quarter, but the setback raised questions about whether current-account deficits could occur more frequently in the future.

China's foreign-exchange reserves have fallen to roughly $3.1 trillion from $4 trillion in 2014. Meanwhile, hard-currency external debt has surged, with corporate offshore dollar bond issuance up about $500 billion during that same period.

"As China’s economy is becoming increasingly constrained by its own production capacity, EM imports from China financed by RMB borrowings would likely squeeze China’s exports, resulting, in our opinion, in a headline trade surplus that could overstate actual FX inflows, ultimately impairing China’s FX reserves," Lu wrote. 

Lending to emerging markets could also face political backlash as China faces an economic slowdown and as a trade war with the US continues to escalate. As Bloomberg Opinion columnist Shuli Ren recently wrote, "China’s shaky domestic economy may mean that it’s no longer politically viable for Beijing to keep being so generous."

For now though, China appears comfortable cozying up to emerging markets. The country been looking to expand economic ties abroad through its Belt and Road Initiative, a trillion-dollar investment venture that has infrastructure investment plans spanning across more than 60 countries.

A recent Pentagon report found the initiative is designed to shape interests to align with Beijing and to avoid confrontation and criticism. Involved countries could "develop economic dependence on Chinese capital, which China could leverage to achieve its interests," it said.

"They know that when they lend big sums of money to a poor country, in the end they may have to take the project for themselves," Mahathir told the Times.

SEE ALSO: 'If this tariff takes effect, we are out of business': Small companies warn of widespread layoffs and shutdowns if Trump doesn’t back down from a trade war with China

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: Everything we know about Samsung’s foldable phone


          “How Long Til All Hell Breaks Loose”: This Is Now The Strongest Ever Rally During A Fed Tightening Cycle      Cache   Translate Page      
The US stock market just keeps crushing historical records: longest bull market ever, S&P rising above 2,900, two trillion-dollar stocks, an unprecedented divergence between US stock and the rest of the world, and now – the strongest ever rally during a Fed tightening period. According to an analysis by Crescat Capital’s Tavi Costa, since the first rate hike by the Fed in December 2015, some 34 months ago, the S&P has risen by 41%: that puts this post-hike rally in the top spot of all previous market advances in a time when the Fed has been tightening financial conditions. This is the strongest rally ever during a Fed tightening period, and now we are at record valuations. How long until all hell breaks loose? pic.twitter.com/egJiIt547s — Otavio (Tavi) Costa (@TaviCosta) September 11, 2018 Of course, the reason for this relentless rally has been discussed extensively and has to do with fungible ...
          Apple Stock: Watch Where the Next Trillion Comes From      Cache   Translate Page      
InvestorPlace Stock Market News Stock Advice amp Trading Tips Today Apple NASDAQ AAPL stands alone as the only publicly traded 1 trillion company on the planet What can CEO Tim Cook do for an encore How about transforming health care
          Re: People Are “Fighting For Food” As Authorities Warn Florence “Could Produce A Disaster Comparable To 2005’s Hurricane Katrina”      Cache   Translate Page      

Shut down the nuclear power plants and use wood as a heat source. Start filling up anything you can find as a container from the tap. Stay inside and underground if you have a basement. And of course be together as a family because that's all that will remain. If it remains a Cat 5, I predict around 1 Trillion in damage.


          iPhone Xs and Xs Max Update Key Specs of Apple's Flagship      Cache   Translate Page      

Apple today announced the iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max. These devices are upgrades to last year's iPhone X and feature the same design. The new iPhones have an all-screen look with a notch at the top of the display. The front and back surfaces are made of glass and a stainless steel frame is in between. The Xs maintains the same 5.8-inch size as last year's phone, while the Xs Max pushes the screen size to 6.5 inches. Apple says it uses new glass that is the most durable ever on a mobile device. The OLED displays support Dolby Vision and HDR10, with a 60% greater dynamic range. The screens have True Tone for accurate whites, as well as 3D touch and 120Hz touch response. The iPhone Xs and Xs Max will be sold in gold, silver, and space gray. The phones are rated IP68 for protection against water, dust, and other liquids. Apple has improved the stereo speakers, giving them a wider sound stage. The 10x features an improved Face ID with better sensors and faster performance thanks to quicker algorithms. In order to power the new iPhones, Apple designed the A12 bionic, with a 7nm process, 6-core CPU (2 high-performance, 4 efficiency cores), 4-core GPU (50% faster), and an 8-core neural engine with dedicated machine learning. Apple says the device can process far more real-time information for the camera, Animoji, selfie scenes, and more. The A12 Bionic helps Apple bring new tools to the iPhone's camera. The Xs has a two-camera system, each with a 12-megapixel sensor. The main lens features a wide-angle field of view at f/1.8 while the secondary lens features a telephoto view at f/2.2. The cameras have optical image stabilization. The A12 Bionic can perform 1 trillion calculations on the photos to improve them. The selfie camera has a 7-megapixel sensor and uses the IR sensor to deliver depth information for portraits. The new Smart HDR feature relies on the A12's neural engine to enhance color and improve exposure. The improved portrait shooting allows people to adjust the background blur with a new depth-of-field slider in the editing tool. The iPhone can now record stereo sound with video. Apple says the battery should deliver 30 more minutes of uptime when compared to the iPhone X, and the Xs Max delivers 90 more minutes. The new iPhones introduce gigabit LTE, dual SIM card support (with dual SIM, dual standby provided by eSIM), wide support for worldwide LTE bands. Apple says AT&T, T-Mobile, and Verizon will support this dual SIM technology, which includes one physical SIM and one eSIM, this year. The iPhone Xs will start at $999 and the Xs Max will start at $1099. Both will be available in 64 GB, 256 GB, and 512 GB options. Preorders for the new iPhones start September 14, with in-store availability on September 21.


          2018 UK Wealth and Liquid Asset Market :: Latest Industry Trends and Forecast Analysis Report      Cache   Translate Page      

Wealth is an important and essential element in the economic world. Overall wealth of a country defines the development status of that country. Constitution of wealth changed over time among different societies.

Pune, India -- (SBWIRE) -- 09/12/2018 -- MarketReportsOnline.com adds "The UK Wealth and Liquid Asset Market: Size, Trends & Forecasts (2018-2022)" report to its research store.

This latest research report "The UK Wealth and Liquid Asset Market: Size, Trends & Forecasts (2018-2022)" provides analysis of the UK wealth and liquid asset market, with detailed analysis of market size by value, by segments, by type, etc.

Complete report on The UK Wealth and Liquid Asset Market: Size, Trends & Forecasts (2018-2022) spread across 66 pages with providing 4 company profiles, 2 tables and 36 list of figures is now available at http://www.marketreportsonline.com/773464.html.

Furthermore, the report also assesses the key opportunities in the market and outlines the factors that are and will be driving the growth of the industry. Growth of the overall UK wealth and liquid asset market has also been forecasted for the years 2018-2022, taking into consideration the previous growth patterns, the growth drivers and the current and future trends.

Rathbone Brothers Plc, Brewin Dolphin, St. James's Place and Quilter are some of the key players operating in the UK wealth and liquid asset market, whose company profiling has been done in the report. In this segment of the report, business overview, financial overview and business strategies of the companies are provided.

Key Company Coverage of UK Wealth and Liquid Asset Market:
1. Rathbone Brothers Plc
2. Brewin Dolphin
3. St. James's Place
4. Quilter

Purchase a copy of this "The UK Wealth and Liquid Asset Market" research report at USD 800 (Single User License) http://www.marketreportsonline.com/contacts/purchase.php?name=773464.

Wealth is an important and essential element in the economic world. Overall wealth of a country defines the development status of that country. Constitution of wealth changed over time among different societies. From wheat and salt in ancient times to money and gold in current economy. Money is the most common means of measuring wealth. Wealth can be distributed into many parameters such as liquid assets, primary residence, vehicles, pensions, life insurance, mutual funds, fixed income, managed assets, business interest etc.

Liquid assets are those assets of an individual which are readily available and easily convertible into cash. Such assets are risk free and can be sold with minimal impact on their prices such as government bonds and market instruments such as funds. There are two types of liquid assets: tangible and intangible. As the name suggest, tangible liquid assets have physical existence example plant and machinery, while intangible liquid assets do not possess any physical existence such as trademark, brand names, etc.

Liquid assets comprises of many benefits other than safe conversion to cash such as helps people to be prepared all the time in need, ready to strike in investment market, can be sold swiftly at full value and represents a stronger financial profile in loan procedure.

The UK wealth and liquid asset market is expected to increase with steady growth rates during the forecasted period 2018-2022. The UK wealth and liquid asset market is supported by various growth drivers, such as, increase in ISA limits and dc pensions, favorable demographics, shift towards dc pension schemes etc. Still, the market faces certain hindrances and challenges, such as, reducing advisors, fluctuation in equity, property, and interest rate, etc. Few trends of the market are demand for mutual funds and solutions, customers embracing technology, government initiatives etc.

Table of Contents:

1. Executive Summary

2. Introduction

3. Global Market Analysis

4. Market Dynamics

5. Competitive Landscape

6. Company Profiling

Few Points from List of Table & Figures Provided in UK Wealth and Liquid Asset Market 2018-2022:

Table 1: The UK Equity Release; 2012-2018
Table 2: The UK Wealth and Liquid Asset Market by Player Comparison; 2017
Figure 1: Wealth Distribution
Figure 2: Types of Liquid Assets
Figure 3: Benefits of Liquid Assets
Figure 4: Global Wealth Market by Value; 2017-2022 (US$ Trillion)
Figure 5: Global Wealth Market Value by Region (The UK and Rest of the World); 2017 Percentage, %)
Figure 6: The UK Wealth Market by Value; 2017-2022 (US$ Trillion)
Figure 7: The UK Wealth Market by Investable Wealth; 2015-2021 (US$ Trillion)
Figure 8: The UK Wealth Market Distribution by Age; 2017 (Percentage, %)
Figure 9: The UK Wealth Market by Type (Property Wealth, Financial Wealth, Physical Wealth and Private Pension Wealth); 2017 (Percentage, %)
Figure 10: The UK Wealth Market by Announced Asset and Wealth Activity; 2013-2017
Figure 11: The UK Wealth Market by Foreign Penetration; 2013-2017
Figure 12: The UK Wealth Market by Assets Type (Liquid Assets and Other Assets); 2017 (Percentage, %)
Figure 13: The UK Liquid Asset Market by Value; 2012-2017 (US$ Trillion)
Figure 14: The UK Liquid Asset Market by Value; 2018-2022 (US$ Trillion)
Figure 15: The UK Liquid Asset Market Clients by Region (London, South East, North West, East Anglia and others); 2017 (Percentage, %)

Browse All Latest Banking and Financial Services Market Research Reports at http://www.marketreportsonline.com/cat/banking-services-market-research.html.

About Market Reports Online
Market Reports Online is a comprehensive online library of more than 100,000 reports, in-depth market research studies on thousands of micro markets and a range of industries. The reports are analytically and statistically rich, and offer a comprehensive view of the dynamic market scenario across the globe. We offer online and offline support services to ensure your research requirements are met on time.

Contact Us:
Hrishikesh Patwardhan
2nd Floor, Metropole,
Next to Inox Theatre,
Bund Garden Road,
Pune - 411001.
Maharashtra, India.
Tel: + 1 888 391 5441
E-mail: sales@marketreportsonline.com

For more information on this press release visit: http://www.sbwire.com/press-releases/wealth-and-liquid-asset-market/release-1047483.htm

Media Relations Contact

Hrishikesh Patwardhan
MarketReportsOnline
Telephone: 1-888-391-5441
Email: Click to Email Hrishikesh Patwardhan
Web: http://www.marketreportsonline.com/773464.html

#source%3Dgooglier%2Ecom#https%3A%2F%2Fgooglier%2Ecom%2Fpage%2F%2F10000


          Next billion dollar technology is here: Blockchain      Cache   Translate Page      
The blockchain technology is expected to grow by $10 trillion in the next 15 years. First thought to be a fad, the Bitcoin is now worth $7,300 and the blockchain technology market is expected to surpass $16 billion by 2024. With corporate giants like IBM and JPMorgan investing heavily in blockchain, mainstream industries are expected to follow suit.
          IoT in Transportation Market: Evolving Technology, Trends and Industry Analysis 2020 - Research Report by MarketsandMarkets      Cache   Translate Page      

IoT Market in Intelligent Transportation Systems worth $143.93 Billion by 2020.

Northbrook, IL -- (SBWIRE) -- 09/12/2018 -- IoT is currently in the nascent stage and is being used to multiple advantages. As more developers, businesses, and people become more familiar with its capabilities and it continues to expand, there would be increased innovative tools and systems that can be put to use.

IoT in transportation would contribute to a rise in the economic opportunity. It is estimated that this technology would be a multi-trillion dollar global opportunity over the next decade. The growth in this market would be dramatic over the next quarter of the century as more organizations and governments deploy the Internet-enabled technology across transportation industries. The major economies that play vital roles in the power electronics ecosystem include the Americas, Europe, APAC, Middle East, and African nations.

Download PDF Brochure:
https://www.marketsandmarkets.com/pdfdownload.asp?id=48213177

The Americas is the market leader in the overall IoT in transportation market. This region is followed by Europe, APAC, Middle East, and Africa respectively. The major reason for this growth is the transportation system in the Americas, which is very strong. All the major cities in this region are connected via road, rail, and airway. Developments of components, products, software, and services are being carried out on a large scale in this region. Additionally, Europe is the second best market leader in the IoT in transportation market.

IoT in transportation has been recognized as a major discipline in the industry and with the saturating trend of technologies, it would have a tremendous impact on various applications it is used for. IoT tends to be the high tech frontier in the overall IT domain.

The role of IoT would be very important in future and versatile for the socio-economic development. The components, devices, software, and services have merged together to create a complex interdisciplinary technology, which would be an important element in multiple applications associated with transportation.

It is observed from the graph that 74% of companies are exploring IoT in transportation for external applications, such as for operations and various complex processes that are not easy in the day-to-day cycle.

Additionally, 76% of the companies are exploring and implementing IoT in transportation for their products and services, while 24% companies are yet to get well versed with IoT. Globally, it is estimated that around 70% of the data would be generated from IoT in transportation and moreover, the American transportation industry would have a major role to play in the overall IoT in transportation market.

Get Report Overview:
https://www.marketsandmarkets.com/Market-Reports/iot-in-transportation-market-48213177.html

About MarketsandMarkets™
MarketsandMarkets™ provides quantified B2B research on 30,000 high growth niche opportunities/threats which will impact 70% to 80% of worldwide companies' revenues. Currently servicing 7500 customers worldwide including 80% of global Fortune 1000 companies as clients. Almost 75,000 top officers across eight industries worldwide approach MarketsandMarkets™ for their painpoints around revenues decisions.

Our 850 fulltime analyst and SMEs at MarketsandMarkets™ are tracking global high growth markets following the "Growth Engagement Model – GEM". The GEM aims at proactive collaboration with the clients to identify new opportunities, identify most important customers, write "Attack, avoid and defend" strategies, identify sources of incremental revenues for both the company and its competitors. MarketsandMarkets™ now coming up with 1,500 MicroQuadrants (Positioning top players across leaders, emerging companies, innovators, strategic players) annually in high growth emerging segments. MarketsandMarkets™ is determined to benefit more than 10,000 companies this year for their revenue planning and help them take their innovations/disruptions early to the market by providing them research ahead of the curve.

MarketsandMarkets's flagship competitive intelligence and market research platform, "Knowledgestore" connects over 200,000 markets and entire value chains for deeper understanding of the unmet insights along with market sizing and forecasts of niche markets.

Contact:
Mr. Shelly Singh
MarketsandMarkets™ INC.
630 Dundee Road
Suite 430
Northbrook, IL 60062
USA : 1-888-600-6441
sales@marketsandmarkets.com

For more information on this press release visit: http://www.sbwire.com/press-releases/iot-in-transportation-market-evolving-technology-trends-and-industry-analysis-2020-research-report-by-marketsandmarkets-1046730.htm

Media Relations Contact

Mr. Shelly Singh
MarketsandMarkets
Telephone: 1-888-600-6441
Email: Click to Email Mr. Shelly Singh
Web: http://www.marketsandmarkets.com

#source%3Dgooglier%2Ecom#https%3A%2F%2Fgooglier%2Ecom%2Fpage%2F%2F10000


           Comment on How They Do It– ‘Trump’s authority crisis deepening’ by Brownhawk       Cache   Translate Page      
"International Jewry" means just that - International. What we're seeing now in REFLECTING that is an "intramural scrimmage" involving disparate factions of globalist bankers angling for what will become a Tri-polar Economic Union. The bankers in the West wanted Trump to be the POTUS during this process, and HRC was never under consideration as that would not have dovetailed with the plan, which is ECONOMIC in nature. The problem with this of course is that the bottom line STILL calls for a system of central banking and usury. The make-up of the players may change but the game remains the same - business as usual. It's still STATISM where those not in power (i.e.; you and me) get the shaft while billionaires and TRILLIONAIRES get the gold.
          Episode 60: #60: Faraday Pajamas      Cache   Translate Page      

This week, Dave and Gunnar talk about vampire plants, spider oaks, and ultrasonic potatoes.

No radiation gets in, only creepy vibes get out.

Cutting Room Floor

  • Google Mesa is crazytown
    • From O’Reilly Radar’s Four short links: “Paper by Googlers on the database holding G’s ad data. Trillions of rows, petabytes of data, point queries with 99th percentile latency in the hundreds of milliseconds and overall query throughput of trillions of rows fetched per day, continuous updates on the order of millions of rows updated per second, strong consistency and repeatable query results even if a query involves multiple datacenters, and no SPOF. (via Greg Linden)”

We Give Thanks

#source%3Dgooglier%2Ecom#https%3A%2F%2Fgooglier%2Ecom%2Fpage%2F%2F10000
          Episode 20: #20: CommaFeed with a Bullet      Cache   Translate Page      

This week, Dave and Gunnar talk about Le PRISM, Slashdot Gunnarbait, OpenStack Security Guide, the Indie Web, a petabyte of tax data, and an interview with the creator of CommaFeed.

RSS Icon#source%3Dgooglier%2Ecom#https%3A%2F%2Fgooglier%2Ecom%2Fpage%2F%2F10000 Subscribe via RSS or iTunes.

wpid-IMG_20130703_181522.jpgWelcome to Texas, Gunnar.

The Alamo Drafthouse TicketbotThe Alamo Drafthouse Ticketbot

Cutting Room Floor

We Give Thanks

#source%3Dgooglier%2Ecom#https%3A%2F%2Fgooglier%2Ecom%2Fpage%2F%2F10000
          Pace and Scale: Investor leadership at the Global Climate Action Summit and beyond      Cache   Translate Page      
At the Global Climate Action Summit in San Francisco, we are showcasing one of the largest-ever displays of investor action, with nearly 400 investors with $32 trillion in collective assets under management taking action in line with what we call the The Investor Agenda.
          AutoGrid raises $32M to fuel its expansion in America, Europe and Asia Pacific      Cache   Translate Page      
AutoGrid's funding round was led by a consortium of energy companies which includes seven of the 10 largest utilities in North America, serves over 100 million customers globally and represents $1 trillion in total market capitalization.
          Report: Nearly half of US mobile connections will be on 5G by 2025      Cache   Translate Page      
Meanwhile, the mobile industry's economic contribution in North America should reach $1.1 trillion by 2022, according to the GSMA.

          How data analytics-rich business networks help close the digital transformation gap      Cache   Translate Page      
The next BriefingsDirect thought leadership discussion explores how intelligence gleaned from business applications, data, and networks provides the best new hope for closing the digital transformation gap at many companies.

A recent global survey of procurement officers shows a major gap between where companies are and where they want to be when it comes to digital transformation. While 82 percent surveyed see digital transformation as having a major impact on processes -- only five percent so far see significant automation across their processes.

How can business networks and the cloud-based applications underlying them better help companies reach a more strategic level of business intelligence and automation?

Listen to the podcast. Find it on iTunes. Get the mobile app. Read a full transcript or download a copy

To find out, BriefingsDirect recently visited SAP in Palo Alto, Calif. to sit down with Darren Koch, Chief Product Officer at SAP Ariba. The discussion is moderated by Dana Gardner, Principal Analyst at Interarbor Solutions.

Here are some excerpts:

Gardner:What's holding companies back when it comes to becoming more strategic in their processes? They don’t seem to be able to leverage intelligence and automation to allow people to rise to a higher breed of productivity.

Koch
Koch: I think a lot of it is inertia. The ingrained systems and processes that exist at companies impact a lot of people. The ability for those companies to run their core operations relies on people and technology working together. The change management required by our customers as they deploy solutions -- particularly in the move from on-premises to the cloud -- is a major inhibitor.

But it's not just the capabilities and the change in the new technology. It's really re-looking at -- and reimagining -- the processes, the things that existed in the highly customized on-premises world, and the way those things change in a digital-centric cloud world. They are fundamentally different. 

Gardner: It's always hard to change behavior. It seems like you have to give people a huge incentive to move past that inertia. Maybe that's what we are all thinking about when we bring new data analytics capabilities to bear. Is that what you looking at, incentivization -- or how do we get that gap closed?

Reimagining change in the cloud

Koch: You are seeing more thought leadership on the executive side. You are seeing companies more willing to look holistically at their processes and saying, “Is this something that truly differentiates my company and adds sustainable competitive advantage?” And the answer on some processes is, “No."


And so, we see more moving away from the complex, on-premises deployments that were built in a world where a truckload of consultants would show up and configure your software to do exactly what you wanted. Instead, we’re moving to a data-centric best-practices type of world that gives scale, where everybody operates in the same general business fabric. You see the emergence of things like business networks.

Gardner: And why the procurement and supply chain management folks? Why are they in an advantageous position to leverage these holistic benefits, and then evangelize them?

Koch: There'sbeen a ton of talk and innovation on the selling side, on the customer resource management (CRM) side, such as our announcement of C/4HANAat Sapphire 2018 and the success in the cloud generally in the CRM space. What most people stop at is, for every seller there's a buyer. We represent the buy-side, the supply chain, the purchasing departments. And now from that buy-side we have the opportunity to follow the same thought processes on the sell-side.

The beauty at SAP Ariba is that we have the world's biggest business network. We have over $2 trillion of buy-side spend and our ability to take that spend and find real insights and real actionable change to drive value at the intersection of buyers and sellers. This is where we’re headed.

Gardner: It seems like we are moving rapidly beyond the buy and sell being just transactional and moving more to deeper partnerships, visibility, of understanding the processes on both sides of the equation. That can then bring about a whole greater than the sum of the parts.

Understanding partners 

Koch: Exactly. I spent 10 years working in the consumer travel space, and my team in particular was working on how consumers choose hotels. It's a very complex purchasing decision.

There are location aspects, there are quality aspects, there are amenities, room size, obviously price, and there are a lot of non-price actors that go into the purchase decision, too. When you look at what a procurement audience is doing, what a company is doing, there are a lot of such non-price factors. It’s exactly the same problem.

The investments that we are making inside of SAP Ariba get at allowing you to see things like supplier risk. You are seeing things like the Ariba Network handling direct materials. You are seeing time, quality, and risk factors -- and these other non-price dimensions -- coming in, in the same way that consumers do when choosing a hotel. Nobody chooses the cheapest one, or very few people do. Usually it’s a proper balance of all of these factors and how they best meet the total needs. We are seeing the same thing on the business procurement side.
When you look at what a procurement audience is doing, what a company is doing, there are now a lot of non-price factors.

Gardner: As consumers we have information at our fingertips -- so we can be savvy and smart – probably better than at any other time in history. But that doesn’t always translate to a larger business-to-business (B2B) decisions.

What sort of insights do you think businesses will want when it comes that broader visibility?

Koch: It starts with the basics. It starts with, “How do I know my suppliers? How do I add scale? Is this supplier General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)-compliant? Do they have slavery or forced labor in their supply chain? Where are they sourcing their materials?” All of these aspects around supplier risk are the basics; knowing your supplier well is the basic element.

Then when you go beyond that, it's about things like, “Well how do I weigh geographic risk? How do I weigh supply chain risk?” And all the things that the practitioners of those disciplines have been screaming about for the rest of their companies to pay attention to.

That’s the new value they are providing. It's that progression and looking at the huge opportunity to see the way companies collaborate and share data strategically to drive efficiency into processes. That can drive efficiency ultimately into the whole value chain that leads to a better customer experience at the end.

Gardner: Customer experience is so important across the board. It must be a big challenge for you on the product side to be able to contextually bring the right information and options to the end-user at the right time. Otherwise they are overwhelmed, or they don't get the benefit of what the technology and the business networks can do.

What are you doing at SAP Ariba to help bring that right decision-making -- almost anticipating where the user needs to go -- into the actual applications and services?

Intelligent enterprise

Koch: That begins with our investments in re-platforming to SAP HANA. That feeds into the broader story about the intelligent enterprise. Purchasing is one facet, supply-chain management is a facet, sales is a facet, and production -- all of these components are elements of a broader story of how you synthesize data into a means where you have a digital twin of the whole enterprise.

Then you can start doing things like leveraging the in-memory capabilities of HANA around scenario planning, and around, “What are the implications of making this decision?”

What happens when a hurricane hits Puerto Rico and your supply chain is dramatically disrupted? Does that extend to my suppliers’ suppliers?  Who are my people on the ground there, and how are they disrupted? How should my business respond in an intelligent way to these world events that happen all the time?

Gardner: We have talked about the intelligent enterprise. Let's hypothetically say that when one or two -- or a dozen -- enterprises become intelligent that they gain certain advantages, which compels the rest of their marketplace to follow suit.

When we get to the point where we have a critical mass of intelligent enterprises, how does that elevate to an intelligent economy? What can we do when everyone is behaving with this insight, of having tools like SAP Ariba at their disposal?

Koch: You hit on a really valuable and important point. Way back, I was an economics major and there was a core thing that I took away 20 years ago from my intro to macroeconomics class. The core of it was that everything is either value or waste. Every bit of effort, everything that's produced around the world, all goods or services are either valuable or a waste. There is nothing in between.

The question then as we look at value chains, when we look at these webs of value, is how much of that is transaction cost? How much of that is information asymmetry? How much of that is basic barriers that get in the way of ultimately providing value to the end consumer? Where is all of that waste?

When you look at complex value chains, at all of the inventory sitting in warehouses, the things that go unsold, the mismatches between supply and demand across a value chain -- whether you are talking about direct materials or about pens and paper sitting in a supply closet -- it really doesn't matter.
When you look at complex value chains ... how much of that goes into actually delivering on what your customers and employees value -- and how much of it is waste?

It’s all about how much of that goes to actually delivering on what your customers, your employees, and your stakeholders’ value -- and how much of it is waste? As we link these data sets together -- the real production planning, understanding end-user demand, and all the way back through the supply chain – we can develop new transparency that brings a ton of value. And by ultimately everyone in the value chain understanding what the consumers’ actually value, then they can innovate in the right ways.

So, I see this all dramatically changing as you link these intelligent companies together. As companies move in the same way -- into a sharing mindset – then the sharing economy uses resources in a far more efficient way, in the exact same way as we use our data resources in a more efficient way.

Gardner: This also dovetails well with being purposeful as a business. If many organizations are encouraging higher productivity, which reduces inefficiencies and helps raise wages, it can lead to better standards of life. So, the stakes here are pretty high.

We’re not just talking about adding some dollars to the bottom and top lines. We’re also talking about a better economy that raises all boats.

Purposeful interconnections 

Koch: Yes, absolutely. You see companies like Johnson and Johnson, who at their core, from their founding principles, have the importance of their community as one of the core founding principles. You see it in companies like Ford and their long heritage. Those ideals are really coming back from the decade of the 1980s where greed was good and now back to a more holistic understanding of the interconnectedness of all of this.

And it’s good as humans. It’s also good from the business perspective because of the need to attract and retain the talent required to run a modern enterprise. And building the brands that our consumers are demanding, and holding companies accountable, they all go hand-in-hand.

And so, the purpose aspect really addresses the broader stakeholder aspects of creating a sustainable planet, a sustainable business, sustainable employment, and things like that.

Gardner: When we think about attaining this level of efficiency through insights and predictive analytics -- taking advantage of business networks and applications and services -- we are also on the cusp of getting even better tools.

We’re seeing a lot more information about machine learning (ML). We’re starting to tease out the benefits of artificial intelligence (AI). When these technologies are maturing and available, you need to be in a position to take advantage of them.

So, moving toward the intelligent enterprise and digital transformation are not just good or nice to have, they are essential because of what's going to come next in just a few years.

Efficiency in the digital future 

Koch: Yes, you see this very tactically in the chief procurement officers (CPOs) that I've talked with as I've entered this role. I have yet to run across any business leader who says, “I have so many resources, I don't know what to do.” That’s not usually what I hear. Usually, it's the opposite. It’s, “I'm being asked to do more with less.”

When you look at the core of AI, and the core of ML, it’s how do you increase efficiency? And that’s whether it's all the way on the full process automation side, or it’s along the spectrum of bringing the right intelligence and insights to streamline processes to make better decisions.

All of that is an effort to up-level the work that people do, so that raises wages, it raises productivity, all of those things. We have an example inside of our team. I was meeting with the head of our customer value organization, Chris Haydon, over dinner last night.  Chris was talking about how we were applying ML to enhance our capability to onboard new customers.

And he said the work that we've done has allowed him to redeploy 80 people in his team on to higher productivity use cases. All of those people became more valuable in the company because they were working on things that were at the next level of creating new solutions and better customer experiences, instead of turning the crank in the proverbial factory of deploying software.

Gardner: I happen to personally believe that a lot of the talk about robots taking over people’s jobs is hooey. And that, in fact, what's more likely is this elevation of people to do what they can do best and uniquely. Then let the machines do what they do best and uniquely.

How is that translating both into SAP Ariba products and services, and also into the synergy between SAP and SAP Ariba?
We're just getting through a major re-platforming to S/4 HANA and that's really exciting because of HANA's maturity and scale. We're using ML algorithms and applying them.

Koch: We are at a really exciting time inside of our products and services. We're just getting through a major re-platforming to S/4 HANA, and that’s really exciting because of HANA’s maturity and scale. It’s moving beyond basic infrastructure in the way that [SAP Co-Founder] Hasso Plattner had envisioned it.

We’re really getting to the point of not replicating data. We are using the ML algorithms and applying them, building them once and applying them at large. And so, the company’s investments in HANA and in Leonardo are helping to create a toolkit of capabilities that applications like SAP Ariba can leverage. Like with any good infrastructure investment, when you have the right foundation you see scale and innovation happen quickly.

You'll see a lot more of how we leverage the data that we have both inside the company as well as across the network to drive intelligence into our process. You will just see that come through more as we move from the infrastructure foundation setting stage to building the capabilities on top of that.

Gardner: Getting back to that concept of closing the transformation gap for companies, what is it they should be thinking about when these services and technologies become available? How can they help close their own technology gap by becoming acquainted in advances and taking some initiative to best use these new tools?

Digital transformation leadership 

Koch: The companies that are forward-leading on digital transformation are the ones that made the cloud move early. The next big move for them is to tap into business networks. How can they start sharing across their value chains and drive higher efficiency? I think you'll see from that the shift from tactical procurement to strategic procurement.

The relationships need to move from transactional to a true partnership, of how do we create value together? That change involves rethinking the ways you look at data and of how you share data across value chains.

Gardner: Let’s also think about spend management conceptually. Congratulations, by the way, on your recent Gartner Magic Quadrant positioning on pay-to-procure processes. How does spend management also become more strategic?

Koch: The building blocks for spend management always come down to what is our tactical spend and where should we focus our efforts for strategic spend? Whether that is in the services area, travel, direct materials, or indirect, what customers are asking SAP for is, how do all of these pieces fit together?

What's the difference between a request for proposal (RFP) for a hotel in New York City versus an RFP for chemicals in Southeast Asia? They're both a series of business processes of selecting the right vendor that balances all of the critical dimensions: Price and everything else that makes for a good decision and that has longevity.

We see a lot of shared elements in the way you interact with your suppliers. We see a lot of shared elements in the way that you deploy applications inside of your company. We’re exploring how well the different facets of the applications can work together, how seamless the user experience is, and how well all of these tie together for all the stakeholders.

Ultimately, each element of the team, each element of the company, has a role to play. That includes the finance organization’s desire to ensure that value is being created in a way that the company can afford. It means that the shareholders, employees, management, and end-users are all on the same page.

This is the core of spend management – and the intelligent enterprise as a whole. It means being able to see everything, by bringing it all together, so the company can manage its full operations and how they create value.

Gardner: The vision is very compelling. I can certainly see where this is not going to be just a small change -- but a step-change -- in terms of how companies can benefit in productivity.

As you were alluding to earlier, architecture is destiny when it comes to making this possible. By re-architecting around, as for S/4 HANA, by taking advantage of business networks, you are well on the way to delivering this. Let’s talk about the platform changes that grease the skids toward the larger holistic benefits.

Shifting to the cloud 

Koch: It's firmly our belief that the world is moving to mega-platforms. SAP has a long history of bringing the ecosystem along, whether the ecosystem is delivering process innovation or is building capabilities on top of other capabilities embedded deeply into the products.

What we're now seeing is the shift from the on-premises world to a cloud world where it's API-first, business events driven, and where you see a decoupling of the various components. Underneath the covers it doesn't matter what technology stack things are built on. It doesn't matter how quickly they evolve. It's the assumption that we have this API contract between two different pieces of technology: An SAP Ariba piece of technology, an SAP S/4 Cloud piece of technology, or a partner ecosystem piece of technology.

For example, a company like Solenis was recently up on stage with us at Ariba Live in Amsterdam. That's one of the fastest-growing companies. They have raised a B round at $1 billion valuation. Having companies that are driving innovation like that in partnership with an SAP platform brings not just near-term value for us and our customers, it brings future-proofing. It brings extensibility when there is a specific requirement that comes in for a specific industry or geography. It provides a way a customer can differentiate. You can just plug-in.
We're now seeing the shift from on-premises to cloud where you see a decoupling of the components. It doesn't matter what the technology stack is. ... It's now about API-first business events.

[SAP business unit] Concur has been down this path for a long time. The president of SAP Ariba, Barry Padgett, actually started the initiative of opening up the Concur platform. So deep at our core -- in our roots -- we believe that networks, ecosystems, and openness will ensure that our customers get the most value out of their solutions.

Gardner:Because SAP is an early adopter of multicloud, SAP can be everywhere at the most efficient level given what the hyperscale cloud providers are providing with global reach and efficiency. This approach also allows you to service small- to medium-sized businesses (SMBs), for example, essentially anywhere in the world.

Tell me why this long-term vision of a hyperscale-, multicloud-supported future benefits SAP, SAP Ariba, and its customers.

A hyperscale, multicloud landscape

Koch: When you look across the landscape of the hyperscalers and you look at the pace of innovation and the level of scale that that they are able to deliver, our lead time is slashed. We can also scale up and down as required. The cloud benefits apply to speed compared to having boxes installed in data centers, as well as ease in workload variability -- whether it's test variability or our ability to run ML-training models.

The idea that we still suffer multi-month lead times to get our physical boxes installed in our data centers is something that we just can't afford. Our customers demand more.

Thankfully there are multiple solutions around the world that solve these problems while at the same time giving us things like world-class security, geographic footprints, and localized expertise. When a server fails halfway around the world and the expert is somewhere else, the hyperscalers provide a solution to that problem.

They have somebody who walks through every data center and makes sure that the routers are upgraded, and the switches and load balancers are working the way they should. They determine whether data correctly rests inside of a Chinese firewall or inside of Europe [due to compliance requirements]. They are responsible for how those systems interact.

We still need to do our investment on the applications tier and in working with our customers to handle all of the needed changes in the landscape around data and security.

But the hyperscalers give us a base-level of infrastructure so we don't need to think about things like, “Is our air conditioner capacity inside of the data center sufficient to run the latest technology for the computing power?” We don't worry about that. We worry about delivering value on top of that base-level of infrastructure and so that takes our applications to the next level.

In the same way we were talking earlier about ML and AI freeing up our resources to work on higher-value things, [the multicloud approach] allows us to stop thinking about these base-level things that are still critical for the delivery of our service. It allows us to focus on the innovation aspects of what we need to do.

Gardner: It really is about driving value higher and higher and then making use of that in a way that's a most impactful to the consumers -- and ultimately the whole economy.

Koch: You got it.


          Assets managed in U.K. up 11% to £7.7 trillion      Cache   Translate Page      
Assets managed in the U.K. grew 11% to a record £7.7 trillion in 2017 compared with 2016.
          "This Will Be The Mother Of All Minsky Moments"      Cache   Translate Page      
"This Will Be The Mother Of All Minsky Moments"
by John Mauldin

"We have all had the fun as kids of going to the beach and playing in the sand. Remember taking your plastic bucket and making sandpiles? Slowly pouring the sand into ever bigger piles, until one side of the pile starts to collapse?

In his very important book "Ubiquity, Why Catastrophes Happen," Mark Buchamane wrote about an experiment with sand that three physicists named Per Bak, Chao Tang, and Kurt Wiesenfeld conducted in 1987. In their lab at Brookhaven National Laboratory in New York, they started building sandpiles, piling up one grain of sand at a time. It’s a slow process, so they wrote a computer program to do it. Not as much fun but a whole lot faster. During this experiment, they learned some interesting things that can help us understand how all sorts of calamities, including market crashes, unfold.

Critical State: What is the typical size of an avalanche? After a huge number of tests with millions of grains of sand, they found out there is no typical number: "Some involved a single grain; others, ten, a hundred, or a thousand. Still others were pile-wide cataclysms involving millions that brought nearly the whole mountain down. At any time, literally anything, it seemed, might be just about to occur." The pile was completely chaotic in its unpredictability.

Now, let’s read this next paragraph. It is important, as it creates a mental image that helps us understand the organization of the financial markets and the world economy. 

"To find out why [such unpredictability] should show up in their sandpile game, Bak and colleagues next played a trick with their computer. Imagine peering down on the pile from above and coloring it in according to its steepness. Where it is relatively flat and stable, color it green; where steep and, in avalanche terms, “ready to go,” color it red. What do you see? They found that at the outset, the pile looked mostly green, but that, as the pile grew, the green became infiltrated with ever more red. With more grains, the scattering of red danger spots grew until a dense skeleton of instability ran through the pile. Here then was a clue to its peculiar behavior: a grain falling on a red spot can, by domino-like action, cause sliding at other nearby red spots. If the red network was sparse, and all trouble spots were well isolated one from the other, then a single grain could have only limited repercussions. But when the red spots come to riddle the pile, the consequences of the next grain become fiendishly unpredictable. It might trigger only a few tumblings, or it might instead set off a cataclysmic chain reaction involving millions. The sandpile seemed to have configured itself into a hypersensitive and peculiarly unstable condition in which the next falling grain could trigger a response of any size whatsoever."

Scientists refer to this as a critical state. The term critical state can mean the point at which water would go to ice or steam, or the moment that critical mass induces a nuclear reaction, etc. But to physicists, [the critical state] has always been seen as a kind of theoretical freak and sideshow, a devilishly unstable and unusual condition that arises only under the most exceptional circumstances [in highly controlled experiments].... In the sandpile game, however, a critical state seemed to arise naturally through the mindless sprinkling of grains.

So, they asked themselves, could this phenomenon show up elsewhere? In the earth’s crust, triggering earthquakes… in wholesale changes in an ecosystem… or in a stock market crash?

Fingers of Instability: The scientists found that the size and timing of an avalanche depend on what they refer to as “fingers of instability”: "After the pile evolves into a critical state, many grains rest just on the verge of tumbling, and these grains link up into “fingers of instability” of all possible lengths. While many are short, others slice through the pile from one end to the other. So, the chain reaction triggered by a single grain might lead to an avalanche of any size whatsoever, depending on whether that grain fell on a short, intermediate, or long finger of instability."

Now we come to a critical point in our discussion. Read this next excerpt with the markets in mind (again, emphasis mine, and this is critical to our understanding of markets and change. Maybe you should read it two or three times.):

In this simplified setting of the sandpile, the power law also points to something else: the surprising conclusion that even the greatest of events have no special or exceptional causes. After all, every avalanche large or small starts out the same way, when a single grain falls and makes the pile just slightly too steep at one point. What makes one avalanche much larger than another has nothing to do with its original cause, and nothing to do with some special situation in the pile just before it starts. Rather, it has to do with the perpetually unstable organization of the critical state, which makes it always possible for the next grain to trigger an avalanche of any size."

Growing Sandpile: Now, let’s couple this idea with a few other concepts. First, economist Dr. Hyman Minsky points out that stability leads to instability. The more comfortable we get with a given condition or trend, the longer it will persist. And then when the trend fails, the more dramatic the correction.
Long-term stability produces unstable financial arrangements. If we believe that tomorrow will be the same as last week, we are more willing to add debt or postpone savings in favor of current consumption. Thus, says Minsky, the longer the period of stability, the higher the potential risk for even greater instability when market participants must change their behavior. Relating this to our sandpile, the longer a critical state builds up in an economy, the greater the potential for a serious “avalanche.”

As I wrote in my “Train Wreck” series, (recap here). We are adding sand to not just one inevitably collapsing sandpile, but dozens and maybe hundreds of them. They will not keep growing forever. I explained in Part 1 of that series, “Credit-Driven Train Wreck,” how a liquidity crisis will probably set off the chain of events that end in the Great Reset.

Which particular sandpile will fall first? It could be many, but I think high-yield corporate debt is the most likely. Millions of investors think they can collect those juicy yields and then be able to sell when trouble appears. I think the mother of all Minsky moments is building. It will not be an instant sandpile collapse, but instead take years because we have $500 trillion of debt to work through.*

Remember, that debt just can’t be pooped away. It is both money somebody owes and an asset on somebody else’s balance sheet. We can’t just take that away without huge consequences to culture and society. But the fingers of instability, the total credit system, are seemingly growing with more red sand dots every month. All are inextricably linked. One day, another Thailand or Russia or something else (it makes no difference which) will start the cascade."
http://www.mauldineconomics.com/go/v39lgw/ZHB
*And...
"Global Derivatives: $1.5 Quadrillion Time Bomb"
"Who Was Hyman Minsky?"

          Comment on A JENKY INVESTIGATION INTO JONAH HILL’S SKATE PAST by Phil Mckraken      Cache   Translate Page      
Who fucking cares if he skateboards. If he likes the culture and accurately depicts 90s skateboard culture does it even matter? Personally I'm psyched someone as talented as Jonah Hill chose to make a skateboarding movie. Feel free to boycott the movie from your mom's basement while you watch the bones brigade for the trillionth time.
          UPDATE 7-Apple unveils larger iPhones, health-oriented watches      Cache   Translate Page      
Sept 12- Apple Inc unveiled larger iPhones and watches based on the design of current models on Wednesday, confirming Wall Street expectations that the company is making only minor changes to its lineup. The strategy has helped Apple become the first publicly-traded U.S. company to hit a market value of more than $1 trillion earlier this year.
           $6 TRILLION: That's how much Big Oil will not now be banking       Cache   Translate Page      
    Activists spell out their message at the Irish Parliament THE FUNDS committed to fossil fuel divestment now total more than $6 trillion  with almost 1000 institutional investors having made the pledge, according to a new...
          Comment on Here’s The Estimated Range Of Tesla Model S, 3 & X At Highway Speeds by JoeInTheUK      Cache   Translate Page      
They aren't equivalent because you don't need to build the same number of expensive H2 stations. For FCEVS you need, essentially, same number of stations as for ICE, maybe 2x since range is about half that of an ICe. Cost of duplicating existing ICE filling network has been estimated in the trillion dollar range. With EVs you only neeed a small fraction of high cost that since so many "stations" are home, work and destination low cost 3 - 7 kWh chargers which are 1-2% the cost of a rapid chargers. As a specific example, my next EV will likely have a near 300 mile EV range. I might charge away from home perhaps once every few months. If it wasa FCEV it would be once a week, 20-50x more.
          Comment on Clinton Pushes False Story Against Kavanaugh by Joseph Jones      Cache   Translate Page      
You shall thoroughly enjoy John Cusack's (yes, the actor/director) interview of our esteemed Dr. Turley, circa 2012, in which Turley clearly demonstrates that Obama views the Constitution not a rules road map, but as a means to his political ends. Turley also documents Obama's felony crimes such as his Presidential Kill List (Obama incinerated with a drone, sans judicial charge, American Muslim child Anwar Al-Awlaki), and also intentionally allowed Cheney and his CIA felons to get clean away with felony torture crimes. Of course, then-AG Holder and his two DOJ lieutenants created the lies that allowed Jamie Dimon and Goldman Sachs to get clean away with felony banking crimes that cost US taxpayers a few trillion dollars, and caused the 2008 Great Depression.
          ARTIFICALINTEL.NET      Cache   Translate Page      
Auction Type: Bid, Auction End Time: 09/18/2018 10:00 AM (PDT), Price: $4,000, Number of Bids: 0, Domain Age: 0, Description: the term artificial intelligence is applied when a machine mimics cognitive functions that humans associate with other human minds, such as learning and problem solving.It is a trillion dollar industry and have a huge scope., Traffic: 0, Valuation: $0, IsAdult: false
          ARTIFICALINTEL.COM      Cache   Translate Page      
Auction Type: Bid, Auction End Time: 09/18/2018 02:05 PM (PDT), Price: $800, Number of Bids: 0, Domain Age: 0, Description: the term artificial intel is applied when a machine mimics cognitive functions that humans associate. This is a whole new industry and have a huge scope of becoming multi Trillion dollar industry. , Traffic: 0, Valuation: $0, IsAdult: false
          Half Million Humans Slaughtered, $4 Trillion Wasted Since 9/11 and Al Qaeda is Stronger Than Ever      Cache   Translate Page      
none
          ПФР выделят более 1,5 триллиона рублей в рамках пенсионной реформы      Cache   Translate Page      
Бюджету Пенсионного фонда (ПФР) планируется дополнительно выделить более 1,5 триллиона рублей в рамках реформы пенсионного законодательства. Об этом заявил журналистам глава комитета Думы по бюджету Андрей Макаров . — Из федерального бюджета дополнительно в ПФР будет выделено более 1,5 триллиона рублей для реализации тех вопросов, про которые говорил президент, — приводит... Читать далее
          Nigerian Stock Exchange market capitalisation drops by 3.55%      Cache   Translate Page      

Activities on the Nigerian Stock Exchange, (NSE) closed on Wednesday with the market capitalisation shedding N422 billion or 3.55 per cent to close lower at N11.789 trillion against N12.211 trillion posted earlier today. Also, the All-Share Index, which opened at 33,499.00 lost 1,206.21 points or 3.60 per cent to close at 32,292.79 amid price losses. […]

The post Nigerian Stock Exchange market capitalisation drops by 3.55% appeared first on Voice of Nigeria.


           TOBY SHAPSHAK: Amazon confirms its superstar status       Cache   Translate Page      
A month after Apple passed $1-trillion, Amazon has also reached the magical 13-digit valuation figure
          6-Figure Price Tag Expected For Rare Apple-1 Computer At Auction      Cache   Translate Page      
Before Apple was a trillion-dollar company, before its phones and laptops came to dominate the tech industry, it was just a California startup working out of a garage. Now, one of the first products the company ever made — the Apple-1 computer — is about to be the star of a live auction on Sept. 25 in Boston. "The Apple-1 is so iconic of that era, of the garage era of Silicon Valley, that I think there is almost no other object that really encapsulates what it does culturally and technologically," says Dag Spicer, senior curator for the Computer History Museum, which has an Apple-1 in its collection. Spicer says it's one of their most popular pieces. Looking at an Apple-1 is kind of like looking at the Rosetta Stone. You don't totally understand what you're seeing, but you sense its significance. "The Apple-1 didn't come with a keyboard, didn't come with a monitor or anything like that," says Corey Cohen, an expert who restores Apple-1 computers. "It really was just the board, but the
          Surprise, AZ Nimbus Performance (www.BestCellBoost.com) PEMF Creators Reveal Reason #27 for Broadening their Product Line to Include Wrist "Band" Option      Cache   Translate Page      

Surprise, AZ -- (SBWIRE) -- 09/12/2018 -- It's no secret that science and medical experts around the globe are focused on cellular health in pursuit of a longer and more productive life. The body is amazing when cells are healthy and active, which has now become the mantra for Nimbus Performance. The Nimbus cm2 Cloud Technology is designed to assist the normal function of the body to maintain cellular health.

Nimbus Technologies recently joined these technologies with a seasoned team of nutritional experts to create a powerful combination that now delivers targeted nutrition at the boosted cellular level. At Nimbus, their focus is now on cellular solutions at the core, not band-aids for short sighted profit motives.
At Nimbus, we'll stay focused on the roots. It's science, not business.
Join Now!  Call: 801-809-7766, g3president@comcast.net

COMPANY:  When joining the trifecta of products, technology and nutrition with the corporation, it creates a marriage of business vision and stability that is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for their associates and customers.

PRODUCTS:  To create Nimbus, a total wellness company, they joined the Nimbus cm2 technologies with X2 FORCE nutritional supplements and a proven nutrition plan powered by Clean Simple Eats. This product trifecta is a powerful wellness program and an industry first.  In addition, the Nimbus corporate trifecta is a solid platform which allows Nimbus products to mature, expand and create a performance revolution around the globe.
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/vision/our-story/

Spend some time with Nimbus, use the technologies and products and catch the vision and the potential of this health revolution. Nimbus Performance is unique. Their focus is on cellular solutions at the core, not Band-Aids for short sighted profit motives. This clearly separates them from the sea of faux health and nutrition companies. 
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/vision/

Surprise, AZ Nimbus Performance (www.BestCellBoost.com) PEMF Creators Reveal Reason #27 for Broadening their Product Line to Include Wrist "Band" Option

Freedom is critical at Nimbus performance!  The same three things generally shackle people from doing what they really want: time, income and not being the boss. They want to offer freedom to break the shackles. The Nimbus Performance business venture provides the opportunity to achieve this freedom. Be Healthy, Be Happy and Be Whole.

Time-Freedom:  Nimbus Performance allows one to take charge of their own time and schedule. No more nine to five and punching the clock. No more missing out on important life events because they're needed in the office. Take charge. They offer freedom.  Call Now!  801-809-7766
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/vision/mission/

Self-Freedom:  No one likes answering to their boss… so don't! Become a Nimbus Performance associate and be the boss. The time is now to take charge of catching those dreams.

Financial-Freedom:  Financial freedom is more than just work, it is smart work! Nimbus Performance offers opportunity to learn to work both strategically and smart to pursue the financial freedom one deserves. Working smart now means a lasting residual income forever. Becoming an associate for Nimbus Performance puts one in control of themself and the creation of their own success story. They offer financial freedom.
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/freedom/

Corporate Commitment!  Let's get right to the point. Nimbus is a company with incredible technology and intellectual property and has a corporate mantra to guarantee the business organization doesn't shackle the sharing of this science to the world.  This is their 10 point pledge, to insure Nimbus is not just a single event for their associates, but their new way of life.   To never stop innovating and investing in new technology.  To use cutting-edge technology and tools to keep corporate overhead low, using savings to lower costs and increase profits for their associates.  To value and listen to the associate; their customers and to their associates.  To rely on their science based technologies.  To be conservative with their corporate environment fiscal choices.  To become an industry leader in operational efficiency.  To support charities or organizations which create a real human difference.  To maintain a management team that demonstrates absolute integrity and honesty.  To dream big, and have the courage to pursue these big dreams.  To create a culture and environment that attracts like-minded team members.

The cm2 Cloud Technology is a connected WEB of sequenced tiny micro-coils that generate a dynamic polarizing field to essentially exercise and energize cells.  The Background: The amazing human body has an estimated 37.2 trillion cells. Cells contain molecules which are made of smaller components called atoms. These atoms are electrical and made up of three subatomic particles: protons (positive charge), electrons (negative charge), and neutrons (no charge).
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/innovation/cm2-web/

The human cell is comprised of these electrical atoms, which means cells, like batteries, carry various charges which can be improved as well as moved or exercised electrically. Additionally, it is important to note that healthy cells have a higher electrical mV charge than their damaged or sick cell counterparts.
The Technology:  The cm2 Cloud Technology creates increased energy and movement at the cellular level, promoting a cascade of positive benefits, including cellular metabolism. Cells with low energy tend to clump or stack (ethrocyte aggregation) and energized and healthy cells tend to repel, exposing the entire surface area to the benefits of cellular metabolism, which is nutrient uptake and disposal of CO2, the living process of a healthy cell.
Free flowing (non-stacked), healthy and properly energized cell benefits include: Improved nutrient absorption, Improved ability to expel waste, Improved blood flow in the smallest capillaries, Improved cellular functions, including regeneration and repair.  Healthy cellular activity allows the body to achieve the functions and capabilities the body is designed to achieve, including:  Improved circulation, Pain management, Oxygen uptake, Enhanced recovery, Improved energy, Detoxification and General overall wellness.  Now is the Time!  Call: 801-809-7766
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/innovation/

X2 PURE is a premium blend of highly targeted ingredients with specific cleansing and metabolic boosting traits when specifically used with the Nimbus cm2 WEB. Cellular health being the forefront of Nimbus, this special blend of milk thistle extract, aloe leaf, chlorella and alpha lipoic acid have been scientifically blended to give the body a powerful cleanse for maximum benefit with Nimbus Performance supplements.  The Delivery System: X2 PURE capsule and blend are designed for affective absorption to support the body's natural cleansing process. The custom 5-day program is designed to gently deliver the maximum cleansing power for an X2 PURE body.
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/innovation/x2-force-supplements/

X2 BASE is a premium blend of 30 highly targeted minerals, vitamins and phyto-nutrients created specifically for optimal cellular absorption, especially when used in tandem with the Nimbus cm2 WEB. Cellular health being the scientific forefront of Nimbus, this targeted blend contains nine high impact minerals, 12 beneficial vitamins and a cascade of powerful phyto-nutrients. X2 BASE will capture essential nutritional balance for a performance lifestyle.  The Delivery System:  X2 BASE capsules and blend are designed for quick absorption and the promotion healthy cellular metabolism. The four capsule a day program delivers the optimum amount of supplemental nutrition for a performance lifestyle.

X2 FLEX is a premium blend of carefully selected natural ingredients which are acclaimed worldwide to promote healthy joint mobility as well as help relieve the aches and pains of everyday life, especially when used in tandem with the Nimbus cm2 WEB. Cellular health being the forefront of Nimbus, this scientific blend contains UCII type two chicken external cartilage, curcuminoids, hyaluronic acid and MSMs blended specifically to encourage healthy joints and flexibility in the body.  The Delivery System:  X2 FLEX capsule and blend are designed for supporting cellular recovery, mobility and strength. The two capsule, once-a-day capsule program delivers the optimum amount of supplemental nutrition for an active and ongoing lifestyle.

"My overall mood and energy level has been through the roof since wearing this Pulse Band."
Allen E.

"I can't believe what this technology is doing to my blood cells; amazing. After having my blood tested, and seeing how my cells look at a microscopic level, I made the decision that I am never taking my Nimbus Performance band off. No longer do I feel tired in the late afternoon. I can easily power through my day at full strength."
Stephen V.

"I read this article on PEMF and pain (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29950893) and I was fascinated to the point that I wanted to try PEMF for myself. I found the Nimbus Band and I feel less pain. I have more hope for a normal, pain-free life."
Darrell F.

"It's fascinating to see the difference in my own blood before-and-after using the Nimbus wrist Band. I absolutely know that this technology is positively impacting my blood cells. I feel that I sleep better, I feel mentally stronger, and I actually feel that I have more energy."

Lynn A.

"I had a serious stroke 6 years ago and at that time I lost sensation on the right side of my body. My blood circulation and nerve sensation was compromised. Since wearing the Nimbus Performance Band I have started to feel some sensation on my right side that I haven't felt for many years."
Jay S.

"I typically don't believe in this kind of stuff but, to tell you the truth, I have actually felt the Pulse Band working on me, continuously, for the past three weeks. I feel it working; incredible."
Paul G.

"The Nimbus WEB is fantastic! I feel like I have increased energy and I also feel better and dare I say even younger. I can't live without it." (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29901507)
Heather T.

"I'm able to live my life more freely with the Nimbus pulsing electron magnetic band. I am now more interested in doing active, outdoor things like hiking and walking. I feel like I am living again."
Emily B.
"I've had painful arthritis in my left palm for several years and I normally get a cortisone shot every 3 to 4 months to ease the discomfort. However, thanks to the Nimbus Pulse Band, I haven't needed a shot for 7 months!"
S. Kenyon

"My wife tells me my sleep apnea has dramatically decreased over the past several weeks. I have only changed one thing: I have been using the Nimbus Band for 2 months. I do feel more rested than before."
Frank E.

"I never heard about electromagnetic therapy before now. It was easy for me to find published studies on PubMed.org on PEMF and I read about it for hours. I felt comforted knowing that this type of technology has been studied and tested for decades. What I like about Nimbus is that they have come up with a convenient, portable, smaller version that really works. I am more alert and I feel like I have more energy than before because I am using their technology."
Ethan R.

"I played basketball in college and have ever since had pain in my knees. I've been using the Nimbus Performance web for 30 minutes a day and I can tell you that I do not have the same intense pain that I once experienced. 3 months ago I went on a trip and stopped using the web and within 2 days the nagging knee pain came back." https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29356996
Marc J.

"As a competitive cyclist, I depend on getting a full amount of oxygen into my red blood cells in order to perform at my absolute best. I always try to maximize my oxygen uptake. After wearing the Nimbus band for several weeks, I tried climbing a difficult hill and was amazed at my improved endurance level. I wouldn't ride without it. Highly recommend the band."
Bill W.

"I've suffered from debilitating depression for several years. I heard that electromagnetic therapy can help those with depression. I decided to try the Nimbus Pulse Band and have definitely felt an improvement in my mood. I plan on wearing it every day."
Susan J.

"I work in an office and usually have an energy drink in the afternoon to stay alert and sharp. However, I started to notice that I was having difficulty falling to sleep. My friend suggested I cut out the energy drinks, which made sense but I was worried that my energy would crash. I've been using the Nimbus Pulse Band for about 5 weeks and I sure enough, I sleep better and I am still sharp all afternoon. I just saved $3 per day by cutting out Energy drinks, plus I feel better and know that I'm getting healthier."
Ron F.

"I feel fantastic since wearing the band from Nimbus. I have always had an issue with carpal tunnel syndrome, but since wearing the band my wrists seem more flexible."
Linda S.

"This isn't a gimmick. My red blood cells were clumped and stacked before using the Nimbus band. Now they are free-floating and my circulation has improved. My father was diabetic and had issues with circulation in his limbs. I wish I knew about this when he was still around."
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29324868

Larry P.

"My friend said I should get the Nimbus and, but I was a little skeptical. Now I can't thank him enough. I have felt a noticeable increase in mental awareness and heightened energy."
Craig R.

About Nimbus Performance
Nimbus didn't start with the idea of building a company. They just wanted to understand and explore potential new technologies the founders uncovered in their medical practice. Years later and armed with incredible stories, they now understand the great benefit these technologies have worldwide when teamed with powerful distribution.

https://www.NimbusPerformance.com/
https://bestcellboost.com/nimbus

For more information on this press release visit: http://www.sbwire.com/press-releases/surprise-az-nimbus-performance-wwwbestcellboostcom-pemf-creators-reveal-reason-27-for-broadening-their-product-line-to-include-wrist-band-option-1042553.htm

Media Relations Contact

Adam Green
Nimbus Performance
Telephone: 801-809-7766
Email: Click to Email Adam Green
Web: https://bestcellboost.com/nimbus

#source%3Dgooglier%2Ecom#https%3A%2F%2Fgooglier%2Ecom%2Fpage%2F%2F10000


          Syracuse, UTAH Nimbus Performance (www.BestCellBoost.com) PEMF Experts Report Reason #26 for Expanding their Product Line to Include Wearable Technology      Cache   Translate Page      

Syracuse, UT -- (SBWIRE) -- 09/12/2018 -- It's no secret that science and medical experts around the globe are focused on cellular health in pursuit of a longer and more productive life. The body is amazing when cells are healthy and active, which has now become the mantra for Nimbus Performance. The Nimbus cm2 Cloud Technology is designed to assist the normal function of the body to maintain cellular health.

Nimbus Technologies recently joined these technologies with a seasoned team of nutritional experts to create a powerful combination that now delivers targeted nutrition at the boosted cellular level. At Nimbus, their focus is now on cellular solutions at the core, not band-aids for short sighted profit motives.
At Nimbus, we'll stay focused on the roots. It's science, not business.
Join Now!  Call: 801-809-7766, g3president@comcast.net

COMPANY:  When joining the trifecta of products, technology and nutrition with the corporation, it creates a marriage of business vision and stability that is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for their associates and customers.

PRODUCTS:  To create Nimbus, a total wellness company, they joined the Nimbus cm2 technologies with X2 FORCE nutritional supplements and a proven nutrition plan powered by Clean Simple Eats. This product trifecta is a powerful wellness program and an industry first.  In addition, the Nimbus corporate trifecta is a solid platform which allows Nimbus products to mature, expand and create a performance revolution around the globe.
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/vision/our-story/

Spend some time with Nimbus, use the technologies and products and catch the vision and the potential of this health revolution. Nimbus Performance is unique. Their focus is on cellular solutions at the core, not Band-Aids for short sighted profit motives. This clearly separates them from the sea of faux health and nutrition companies. 
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/vision/

Syracuse, UTAH Nimbus Performance (www.BestCellBoost.com) PEMF Experts Report Reason #26 for Expanding their Product Line to Include Wearable Technology

Freedom is critical at Nimbus performance!  The same three things generally shackle people from doing what they really want: time, income and not being the boss. They want to offer freedom to break the shackles. The Nimbus Performance business venture provides the opportunity to achieve this freedom. Be Healthy, Be Happy and Be Whole.

Time-Freedom:  Nimbus Performance allows one to take charge of their own time and schedule. No more nine to five and punching the clock. No more missing out on important life events because they're needed in the office. Take charge. They offer freedom.  Call Now!  801-809-7766
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/vision/mission/

Self-Freedom:  No one likes answering to their boss… so don't! Become a Nimbus Performance associate and be the boss. The time is now to take charge of catching those dreams.

Financial-Freedom:  Financial freedom is more than just work, it is smart work! Nimbus Performance offers opportunity to learn to work both strategically and smart to pursue the financial freedom one deserves. Working smart now means a lasting residual income forever. Becoming an associate for Nimbus Performance puts one in control of themself and the creation of their own success story. They offer financial freedom.
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/freedom/

Corporate Commitment!  Let's get right to the point. Nimbus is a company with incredible technology and intellectual property and has a corporate mantra to guarantee the business organization doesn't shackle the sharing of this science to the world.  This is their 10 point pledge, to insure Nimbus is not just a single event for their associates, but their new way of life.   To never stop innovating and investing in new technology.  To use cutting-edge technology and tools to keep corporate overhead low, using savings to lower costs and increase profits for their associates.  To value and listen to the associate; their customers and to their associates.  To rely on their science based technologies.  To be conservative with their corporate environment fiscal choices.  To become an industry leader in operational efficiency.  To support charities or organizations which create a real human difference.  To maintain a management team that demonstrates absolute integrity and honesty.  To dream big, and have the courage to pursue these big dreams.  To create a culture and environment that attracts like-minded team members.

The cm2 Cloud Technology is a connected WEB of sequenced tiny micro-coils that generate a dynamic polarizing field to essentially exercise and energize cells.  The Background: The amazing human body has an estimated 37.2 trillion cells. Cells contain molecules which are made of smaller components called atoms. These atoms are electrical and made up of three subatomic particles: protons (positive charge), electrons (negative charge), and neutrons (no charge).
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/innovation/cm2-web/

The human cell is comprised of these electrical atoms, which means cells, like batteries, carry various charges which can be improved as well as moved or exercised electrically. Additionally, it is important to note that healthy cells have a higher electrical mV charge than their damaged or sick cell counterparts.
The Technology:  The cm2 Cloud Technology creates increased energy and movement at the cellular level, promoting a cascade of positive benefits, including cellular metabolism. Cells with low energy tend to clump or stack (ethrocyte aggregation) and energized and healthy cells tend to repel, exposing the entire surface area to the benefits of cellular metabolism, which is nutrient uptake and disposal of CO2, the living process of a healthy cell.
Free flowing (non-stacked), healthy and properly energized cell benefits include: Improved nutrient absorption, Improved ability to expel waste, Improved blood flow in the smallest capillaries, Improved cellular functions, including regeneration and repair.  Healthy cellular activity allows the body to achieve the functions and capabilities the body is designed to achieve, including:  Improved circulation, Pain management, Oxygen uptake, Enhanced recovery, Improved energy, Detoxification and General overall wellness.  Now is the Time!  Call: 801-809-7766
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/innovation/

X2 PURE is a premium blend of highly targeted ingredients with specific cleansing and metabolic boosting traits when specifically used with the Nimbus cm2 WEB. Cellular health being the forefront of Nimbus, this special blend of milk thistle extract, aloe leaf, chlorella and alpha lipoic acid have been scientifically blended to give the body a powerful cleanse for maximum benefit with Nimbus Performance supplements.  The Delivery System: X2 PURE capsule and blend are designed for affective absorption to support the body's natural cleansing process. The custom 5-day program is designed to gently deliver the maximum cleansing power for an X2 PURE body.
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/innovation/x2-force-supplements/

X2 BASE is a premium blend of 30 highly targeted minerals, vitamins and phyto-nutrients created specifically for optimal cellular absorption, especially when used in tandem with the Nimbus cm2 WEB. Cellular health being the scientific forefront of Nimbus, this targeted blend contains nine high impact minerals, 12 beneficial vitamins and a cascade of powerful phyto-nutrients. X2 BASE will capture essential nutritional balance for a performance lifestyle.  The Delivery System:  X2 BASE capsules and blend are designed for quick absorption and the promotion healthy cellular metabolism. The four capsule a day program delivers the optimum amount of supplemental nutrition for a performance lifestyle.

X2 FLEX is a premium blend of carefully selected natural ingredients which are acclaimed worldwide to promote healthy joint mobility as well as help relieve the aches and pains of everyday life, especially when used in tandem with the Nimbus cm2 WEB. Cellular health being the forefront of Nimbus, this scientific blend contains UCII type two chicken external cartilage, curcuminoids, hyaluronic acid and MSMs blended specifically to encourage healthy joints and flexibility in the body.  The Delivery System:  X2 FLEX capsule and blend are designed for supporting cellular recovery, mobility and strength. The two capsule, once-a-day capsule program delivers the optimum amount of supplemental nutrition for an active and ongoing lifestyle.

"My overall mood and energy level has been through the roof since wearing this Pulse Band."
Allen E.

"I can't believe what this technology is doing to my blood cells; amazing. After having my blood tested, and seeing how my cells look at a microscopic level, I made the decision that I am never taking my Nimbus Performance band off. No longer do I feel tired in the late afternoon. I can easily power through my day at full strength."
Stephen V.

"I read this article on PEMF and pain (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29950893) and I was fascinated to the point that I wanted to try PEMF for myself. I found the Nimbus Band and I feel less pain. I have more hope for a normal, pain-free life."
Darrell F.

"It's fascinating to see the difference in my own blood before-and-after using the Nimbus wrist Band. I absolutely know that this technology is positively impacting my blood cells. I feel that I sleep better, I feel mentally stronger, and I actually feel that I have more energy."

Lynn A.

"I had a serious stroke 6 years ago and at that time I lost sensation on the right side of my body. My blood circulation and nerve sensation was compromised. Since wearing the Nimbus Performance Band I have started to feel some sensation on my right side that I haven't felt for many years."
Jay S.

"I typically don't believe in this kind of stuff but, to tell you the truth, I have actually felt the Pulse Band working on me, continuously, for the past three weeks. I feel it working; incredible."
Paul G.

"The Nimbus WEB is fantastic! I feel like I have increased energy and I also feel better and dare I say even younger. I can't live without it." (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29901507)
Heather T.

"I'm able to live my life more freely with the Nimbus pulsing electron magnetic band. I am now more interested in doing active, outdoor things like hiking and walking. I feel like I am living again."
Emily B.
"I've had painful arthritis in my left palm for several years and I normally get a cortisone shot every 3 to 4 months to ease the discomfort. However, thanks to the Nimbus Pulse Band, I haven't needed a shot for 7 months!"
S. Kenyon

"My wife tells me my sleep apnea has dramatically decreased over the past several weeks. I have only changed one thing: I have been using the Nimbus Band for 2 months. I do feel more rested than before."
Frank E.

"I never heard about electromagnetic therapy before now. It was easy for me to find published studies on PubMed.org on PEMF and I read about it for hours. I felt comforted knowing that this type of technology has been studied and tested for decades. What I like about Nimbus is that they have come up with a convenient, portable, smaller version that really works. I am more alert and I feel like I have more energy than before because I am using their technology."
Ethan R.

"I played basketball in college and have ever since had pain in my knees. I've been using the Nimbus Performance web for 30 minutes a day and I can tell you that I do not have the same intense pain that I once experienced. 3 months ago I went on a trip and stopped using the web and within 2 days the nagging knee pain came back." https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29356996
Marc J.

"As a competitive cyclist, I depend on getting a full amount of oxygen into my red blood cells in order to perform at my absolute best. I always try to maximize my oxygen uptake. After wearing the Nimbus band for several weeks, I tried climbing a difficult hill and was amazed at my improved endurance level. I wouldn't ride without it. Highly recommend the band."
Bill W.

"I've suffered from debilitating depression for several years. I heard that electromagnetic therapy can help those with depression. I decided to try the Nimbus Pulse Band and have definitely felt an improvement in my mood. I plan on wearing it every day."
Susan J.

"I work in an office and usually have an energy drink in the afternoon to stay alert and sharp. However, I started to notice that I was having difficulty falling to sleep. My friend suggested I cut out the energy drinks, which made sense but I was worried that my energy would crash. I've been using the Nimbus Pulse Band for about 5 weeks and I sure enough, I sleep better and I am still sharp all afternoon. I just saved $3 per day by cutting out Energy drinks, plus I feel better and know that I'm getting healthier."
Ron F.

"I feel fantastic since wearing the band from Nimbus. I have always had an issue with carpal tunnel syndrome, but since wearing the band my wrists seem more flexible."
Linda S.

"This isn't a gimmick. My red blood cells were clumped and stacked before using the Nimbus band. Now they are free-floating and my circulation has improved. My father was diabetic and had issues with circulation in his limbs. I wish I knew about this when he was still around."
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29324868

Larry P.

"My friend said I should get the Nimbus and, but I was a little skeptical. Now I can't thank him enough. I have felt a noticeable increase in mental awareness and heightened energy."
Craig R.

About Nimbus Performance
Nimbus didn't start with the idea of building a company. They just wanted to understand and explore potential new technologies the founders uncovered in their medical practice. Years later and armed with incredible stories, they now understand the great benefit these technologies have worldwide when teamed with powerful distribution.

https://www.NimbusPerformance.com/
https://bestcellboost.com/nimbus

For more information on this press release visit: http://www.sbwire.com/press-releases/syracuse-utah-nimbus-performance-wwwbestcellboostcom-pemf-experts-report-reason-26-for-expanding-their-product-line-to-include-wearable-technology-1042552.htm

Media Relations Contact

Adam Green
Nimbus Performance
Telephone: 801-809-7766
Email: Click to Email Adam Green
Web: https://bestcellboost.com/nimbus

#source%3Dgooglier%2Ecom#https%3A%2F%2Fgooglier%2Ecom%2Fpage%2F%2F10000


          Tallahassee Florida Nimbus Performance (www.BestCellBoost.com) PEMF Innovators Proclaim Reason #25 for Growing their Product Line to Include Nutritional Supplements      Cache   Translate Page      

Tallahassee, FL -- (SBWIRE) -- 09/12/2018 -- It's no secret that science and medical experts around the globe are focused on cellular health in pursuit of a longer and more productive life. The body is amazing when cells are healthy and active, which has now become the mantra for Nimbus Performance. The Nimbus cm2 Cloud Technology is designed to assist the normal function of the body to maintain cellular health.

Nimbus Technologies recently joined these technologies with a seasoned team of nutritional experts to create a powerful combination that now delivers targeted nutrition at the boosted cellular level. At Nimbus, their focus is now on cellular solutions at the core, not band-aids for short sighted profit motives.
At Nimbus, we'll stay focused on the roots. It's science, not business.
Join Now!  Call: 801-809-7766, g3president@comcast.net

COMPANY:  When joining the trifecta of products, technology and nutrition with the corporation, it creates a marriage of business vision and stability that is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for their associates and customers.

PRODUCTS:  To create Nimbus, a total wellness company, they joined the Nimbus cm2 technologies with X2 FORCE nutritional supplements and a proven nutrition plan powered by Clean Simple Eats. This product trifecta is a powerful wellness program and an industry first.  In addition, the Nimbus corporate trifecta is a solid platform which allows Nimbus products to mature, expand and create a performance revolution around the globe.
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/vision/our-story/

Spend some time with Nimbus, use the technologies and products and catch the vision and the potential of this health revolution. Nimbus Performance is unique. Their focus is on cellular solutions at the core, not Band-Aids for short sighted profit motives. This clearly separates them from the sea of faux health and nutrition companies. 
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/vision/

Tallahassee Florida Nimbus Performance (www.BestCellBoost.com) PEMF Innovators Proclaim Reason #25 for Growing their Product Line to Include Nutritional Supplements

Freedom is critical at Nimbus performance!  The same three things generally shackle people from doing what they really want: time, income and not being the boss. They want to offer freedom to break the shackles. The Nimbus Performance business venture provides the opportunity to achieve this freedom. Be Healthy, Be Happy and Be Whole.

Time-Freedom:  Nimbus Performance allows one to take charge of their own time and schedule. No more nine to five and punching the clock. No more missing out on important life events because they're needed in the office. Take charge. They offer freedom.  Call Now!  801-809-7766
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/vision/mission/

Self-Freedom:  No one likes answering to their boss… so don't! Become a Nimbus Performance associate and be the boss. The time is now to take charge of catching those dreams.

Financial-Freedom:  Financial freedom is more than just work, it is smart work! Nimbus Performance offers opportunity to learn to work both strategically and smart to pursue the financial freedom one deserves. Working smart now means a lasting residual income forever. Becoming an associate for Nimbus Performance puts one in control of themself and the creation of their own success story. They offer financial freedom.
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/freedom/

Corporate Commitment!  Let's get right to the point. Nimbus is a company with incredible technology and intellectual property and has a corporate mantra to guarantee the business organization doesn't shackle the sharing of this science to the world.  This is their 10 point pledge, to insure Nimbus is not just a single event for their associates, but their new way of life.   To never stop innovating and investing in new technology.  To use cutting-edge technology and tools to keep corporate overhead low, using savings to lower costs and increase profits for their associates.  To value and listen to the associate; their customers and to their associates.  To rely on their science based technologies.  To be conservative with their corporate environment fiscal choices.  To become an industry leader in operational efficiency.  To support charities or organizations which create a real human difference.  To maintain a management team that demonstrates absolute integrity and honesty.  To dream big, and have the courage to pursue these big dreams.  To create a culture and environment that attracts like-minded team members.

The cm2 Cloud Technology is a connected WEB of sequenced tiny micro-coils that generate a dynamic polarizing field to essentially exercise and energize cells.  The Background: The amazing human body has an estimated 37.2 trillion cells. Cells contain molecules which are made of smaller components called atoms. These atoms are electrical and made up of three subatomic particles: protons (positive charge), electrons (negative charge), and neutrons (no charge).
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/innovation/cm2-web/

The human cell is comprised of these electrical atoms, which means cells, like batteries, carry various charges which can be improved as well as moved or exercised electrically. Additionally, it is important to note that healthy cells have a higher electrical mV charge than their damaged or sick cell counterparts.
The Technology:  The cm2 Cloud Technology creates increased energy and movement at the cellular level, promoting a cascade of positive benefits, including cellular metabolism. Cells with low energy tend to clump or stack (ethrocyte aggregation) and energized and healthy cells tend to repel, exposing the entire surface area to the benefits of cellular metabolism, which is nutrient uptake and disposal of CO2, the living process of a healthy cell.
Free flowing (non-stacked), healthy and properly energized cell benefits include: Improved nutrient absorption, Improved ability to expel waste, Improved blood flow in the smallest capillaries, Improved cellular functions, including regeneration and repair.  Healthy cellular activity allows the body to achieve the functions and capabilities the body is designed to achieve, including:  Improved circulation, Pain management, Oxygen uptake, Enhanced recovery, Improved energy, Detoxification and General overall wellness.  Now is the Time!  Call: 801-809-7766
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/innovation/

X2 PURE is a premium blend of highly targeted ingredients with specific cleansing and metabolic boosting traits when specifically used with the Nimbus cm2 WEB. Cellular health being the forefront of Nimbus, this special blend of milk thistle extract, aloe leaf, chlorella and alpha lipoic acid have been scientifically blended to give the body a powerful cleanse for maximum benefit with Nimbus Performance supplements.  The Delivery System: X2 PURE capsule and blend are designed for affective absorption to support the body's natural cleansing process. The custom 5-day program is designed to gently deliver the maximum cleansing power for an X2 PURE body.
https://www.nimbusperformance.com/innovation/x2-force-supplements/

X2 BASE is a premium blend of 30 highly targeted minerals, vitamins and phyto-nutrients created specifically for optimal cellular absorption, especially when used in tandem with the Nimbus cm2 WEB. Cellular health being the scientific forefront of Nimbus, this targeted blend contains nine high impact minerals, 12 beneficial vitamins and a cascade of powerful phyto-nutrients. X2 BASE will capture essential nutritional balance for a performance lifestyle.  The Delivery System:  X2 BASE capsules and blend are designed for quick absorption and the promotion healthy cellular metabolism. The four capsule a day program delivers the optimum amount of supplemental nutrition for a performance lifestyle.

X2 FLEX is a premium blend of carefully selected natural ingredients which are acclaimed worldwide to promote healthy joint mobility as well as help relieve the aches and pains of everyday life, especially when used in tandem with the Nimbus cm2 WEB. Cellular health being the forefront of Nimbus, this scientific blend contains UCII type two chicken external cartilage, curcuminoids, hyaluronic acid and MSMs blended specifically to encourage healthy joints and flexibility in the body.  The Delivery System:  X2 FLEX capsule and blend are designed for supporting cellular recovery, mobility and strength. The two capsule, once-a-day capsule program delivers the optimum amount of supplemental nutrition for an active and ongoing lifestyle.

"My overall mood and energy level has been through the roof since wearing this Pulse Band."
Allen E.

"I can't believe what this technology is doing to my blood cells; amazing. After having my blood tested, and seeing how my cells look at a microscopic level, I made the decision that I am never taking my Nimbus Performance band off. No longer do I feel tired in the late afternoon. I can easily power through my day at full strength."
Stephen V.

"I read this article on PEMF and pain (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29950893) and I was fascinated to the point that I wanted to try PEMF for myself. I found the Nimbus Band and I feel less pain. I have more hope for a normal, pain-free life."
Darrell F.

"It's fascinating to see the difference in my own blood before-and-after using the Nimbus wrist Band. I absolutely know that this technology is positively impacting my blood cells. I feel that I sleep better, I feel mentally stronger, and I actually feel that I have more energy."

Lynn A.

"I had a serious stroke 6 years ago and at that time I lost sensation on the right side of my body. My blood circulation and nerve sensation was compromised. Since wearing the Nimbus Performance Band I have started to feel some sensation on my right side that I haven't felt for many years."
Jay S.

"I typically don't believe in this kind of stuff but, to tell you the truth, I have actually felt the Pulse Band working on me, continuously, for the past three weeks. I feel it working; incredible."
Paul G.

"The Nimbus WEB is fantastic! I feel like I have increased energy and I also feel better and dare I say even younger. I can't live without it." (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29901507)
Heather T.

"I'm able to live my life more freely with the Nimbus pulsing electron magnetic band. I am now more interested in doing active, outdoor things like hiking and walking. I feel like I am living again."
Emily B.
"I've had painful arthritis in my left palm for several years and I normally get a cortisone shot every 3 to 4 months to ease the discomfort. However, thanks to the Nimbus Pulse Band, I haven't needed a shot for 7 months!"
S. Kenyon

"My wife tells me my sleep apnea has dramatically decreased over the past several weeks. I have only changed one thing: I have been using the Nimbus Band for 2 months. I do feel more rested than before."
Frank E.

"I never heard about electromagnetic therapy before now. It was easy for me to find published studies on PubMed.org on PEMF and I read about it for hours. I felt comforted knowing that this type of technology has been studied and tested for decades. What I like about Nimbus is that they have come up with a convenient, portable, smaller version that really works. I am more alert and I feel like I have more energy than before because I am using their technology."
Ethan R.

"I played basketball in college and have ever since had pain in my knees. I've been using the Nimbus Performance web for 30 minutes a day and I can tell you that I do not have the same intense pain that I once experienced. 3 months ago I went on a trip and stopped using the web and within 2 days the nagging knee pain came back." https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29356996
Marc J.

"As a competitive cyclist, I depend on getting a full amount of oxygen into my red blood cells in order to perform at my absolute best. I always try to maximize my oxygen uptake. After wearing the Nimbus band for several weeks, I tried climbing a difficult hill and was amazed at my improved endurance level. I wouldn't ride without it. Highly recommend the band."
Bill W.

"I've suffered from debilitating depression for several years. I heard that electromagnetic therapy can help those with depression. I decided to try the Nimbus Pulse Band and have definitely felt an improvement in my mood. I plan on wearing it every day."
Susan J.

"I work in an office and usually have an energy drink in the afternoon to stay alert and sharp. However, I started to notice that I was having difficulty falling to sleep. My friend suggested I cut out the energy drinks, which made sense but I was worried that my energy would crash. I've been using the Nimbus Pulse Band for about 5 weeks and I sure enough, I sleep better and I am still sharp all afternoon. I just saved $3 per day by cutting out Energy drinks, plus I feel better and know that I'm getting healthier."
Ron F.

"I feel fantastic since wearing the band from Nimbus. I have always had an issue with carpal tunnel syndrome, but since wearing the band my wrists seem more flexible."
Linda S.

"This isn't a gimmick. My red blood cells were clumped and stacked before using the Nimbus band. Now they are free-floating and my circulation has improved. My father was diabetic and had issues with circulation in his limbs. I wish I knew about this when he was still around."
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29324868

Larry P.

"My friend said I should get the Nimbus and, but I was a little skeptical. Now I can't thank him enough. I have felt a noticeable increase in mental awareness and heightened energy."
Craig R.

About Nimbus Performance
Nimbus didn't start with the idea of building a company. They just wanted to understand and explore potential new technologies the founders uncovered in their medical practice. Years later and armed with incredible stories, they now understand the great benefit these technologies have worldwide when teamed with powerful distribution.

https://www.NimbusPerformance.com/
https://bestcellboost.com/nimbus

For more information on this press release visit: http://www.sbwire.com/press-releases/tallahassee-florida-nimbus-performance-wwwbestcellboostcom-pemf-innovators-proclaim-reason-25-for-growing-their-product-line-to-include-nutritional-supplements-1042551.htm

Media Relations Contact

Adam Green
Nimbus Performance
Telephone: 801-809-7766
Email: Click to Email Adam Green
Web: https://bestcellboost.com/nimbus

#source%3Dgooglier%2Ecom#https%3A%2F%2Fgooglier%2Ecom%2Fpage%2F%2F10000


          The Elusive Quest for Additionality      Cache   Translate Page      
Figure 1: Predicted probability of private investment

The Elusive Quest for Additionality

After toiling away for decades in relative obscurity, DFIs have found themselves thrust into the limelight and told to transform “billions to trillions,” to fill the yawning SDG financing gap.


          Wealth Management - Private Bank - Banker - Vice President or Executive Director - Milwaukee, WI - JP Morgan Chase - Milwaukee, WI      Cache   Translate Page      
JPMorgan Chase & Co. Is a leading global financial services firm with assets of more than $2.4 trillion, over 240,000 employees and operations in over 60...
From JPMorgan Chase - Sun, 26 Aug 2018 11:45:23 GMT - View all Milwaukee, WI jobs
          9/13/2018: Front Page: Apple takes launch to Xs with three new iPhones      Cache   Translate Page      

APPLE last night unveiled a trio of new iPhones and an overhauled Apple Watch as it sought to prolong the growth that has made it the world’s first trillion-dollar company. The handsets, the iPhone Xs, Xs Max and Xr, have different screen sizes and...
          How stem cells differ from normal body cells      Cache   Translate Page      

Our body is made up of about 30 trillion cells. Imagine our body as factory and cells are manpower in factory. Normal cells present in body are the differentiated cells that perform a special function in a localized area in the body.


          In Certain Light - TEASER Selena Gomez and Kaia Gerber at The Fashion Awards 2017 | FashionTV | FTV      Cache   Translate Page      
WORLD - Selena Gomez in Coach and Kaia Gerber in Ralph and Russo at The Fashion Awards 2017 in London | As captured by Joanna Theodorou for INCERTAINLIGHT.com. *MUSIC: 'Shark in the Swimming Pool' by Trillion Catz For more FashionTV anytime and anywhere, click ...
          Apple iPhone Xs and iPhone Xs Max with OLED Display, Dual SIM Support Launched      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple has introduced Apple iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max smartphones. The new iPhones have 5.8-inch and 6.5-inch 458PPI  Super Retina HDR displays with support for Dolby Vision and HDR 10, as well as 120Hz touch-sensing. Both these have Face ID for unlocking.




These are powered by new Apple A12 Bionic chip based on 7nm platform, first in the industry, before the Huawei’s Kirin 980 next month. The chip with 6-core CPU with two performance cores promises 15% fast performance and 40% lower power, and 4 efficiency cores will offer up to 50% lower power compared to A11 Bionic. It has 6.9 billion transistors, can perform 5 trillion operations per second, up from 600 billion in A11. The iPhone XS series have the same 12-megapixel primary rear camera with f/1.8 aperture, and a 12-megapixel secondary telephoto camera with f/2.4 aperture, both with OIS. It also has Smart HDR that makes use of  A12 chip’s AI features. The 7-megapixel front camera has f/2.2 aperture, and the IR camera has been improved with global shutter.Apple is also introducing Dual SIM support with dual standby via eSIM that is already available on iPad worldwide for the first time. The company is tying up with operators for this. However, China will get support for Dual physical SIMs.


  • iPhone XS – 5.8-inch (2436 x 1125 pixels) OLED 458ppi Super Retina HDR display, 1,000,000:1 contrast ratio (typical) 3D Touch
  • iPhone XS Max – 6.5-inch (2688 x 1245 pixels) OLED 458ppi Super Retina HDR display, 1,000,000:1 contrast ratio (typical) 3D Touch
  • Six-core A12 Bionic 64-bit 7nm processor with four-core GPU, M12 motion co-processor
  • 64GB, 256GB, 512GB storage options
  • iOS 12
  • Water and dust resistant (IP68)
  • Dual SIM (nano + eSIM / physical SIM in China)
  • 12MP wide-angle (f/1.8) and telephoto (f/2.4) cameras, Dual optical image stabilization, Optical zoom; Six‑element lens, Quad-LED True Tone flash, 4K video recording at 60 fps, Slo‑mo 1080p at 240 fps
  • 7MP front camera with f/2.2 aperture, 1080p video recording,Retina Flash
  • TrueDepth camera for FaceID facial recognition, Stereo speakers, Four microphones
  • 4G VoLTE, WiFi 802.11 ac with MIMO, Bluetooth 5.0, NFC with reader mode, GPS with GLONASS
  • Dimensions (XS) – 143.6×70.9×7.7 mm; Weight: 177g
  • Dimensions (XS Max) – 157.5×77.4×7.7 mm; Weight: 208g
  • Built-in rechargeable lithium-ion battery with Qi wireless charging, fast charging, up to 12 hours of internet use (iPhone XS) / 13 hours of internet use (iPhone XS Max)


The iPhone Xs starts at US$ 999  and the iPhone XS Max starts at US$ 1,099. These will be available in more than 30 countries and territories from September 21st with pre-orders from September 14th. Apple iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max will be available in 64GB, 256GB and 512GB capacity models in space grey, silver and a new gold finish starting at Rs. 99,900 (MRP) and Rs. 109,900 (MRP), respectively, through Apple Authorised Resellers starting from September 21st.


Apple iPhone XS 64GB – Rs. 99,900
Apple iPhone XS 256GB – Rs. 1,14,900
Apple iPhone XS 512GB – Rs. 1,34,900
Apple iPhone XS Max 64GB – Rs. 1,09,900
Apple iPhone XS Max 256GB – Rs. 1,24,900
Apple iPhone XS Max 512GB – Rs. 1,44,900

Apple accessories including leather and silicone cases in a range of colors will be available starting at Rs. 3500 (MRP), while the iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max Leather Folio will be available for Rs. 9900( MRP).


SHARE
Stay connected with us for more Tech News Facebook Twitter  Instagram YouTube Android App Subscribe by Email

          Blockchain could unlock $1 trillion in trade, mostly for SMEs and emerging economies - WEF      Cache   Translate Page      
Distributed ledger technologies (DLT) – of which blockchain is the best known form – could play a ma...
          Do the American People Have the Stomach for Another War for israel (apartheid state) in Syria?      Cache   Translate Page      
Patrick J. McShay — Sept 12, 2018
“The US links itself to an Israeli government identifiable as a rogue regime by international standards, engaging as it does in torture, arbitrary imprisonment, and continued occupation of territories seized by its military. America’s own torture program was modelled after Israel’s.”
— *Philip Giraldi- Longtime Counter-Intelligence and Military Intelligence Officer with the CIA
“I’ve never seen a president- I don’t care who he is- stand up to them. It just boggles the mind. They always get what they want. The Israeli’s know what is going on all the time. If the American people understood the grip the Israeli’s have on our government they would rise up in arms. Our citizens certainly don’t have any idea what goes on.”
— *Thomas Moore – Admiral US Navy and former head of the Joint Chief of Staff
Dees SyriaWe hear American politicians talk warmly and affectionately about our military and how they are fighting around the world to preserve our freedom and democracy. George Bush “The Dumber” liked to say “We have to fight them over there or we’ll have to fight them over here”.
The ugly truth that many Americans are getting wise to is that none of these wars has anything to do with American freedom and democracy, and instead, they have a lot to do with Israel’s control over our President, the Congress, the Senate, the Pentagon, and the State Department.
Last year I wrote in “Syrian War Lies and The Greater Israel Project” that this war was about regime change for the benefit of Israel, period.
The US, Israel, and other western countries sold out to Israel, like Germany, England, France along with Trump’s new pal’s, the head choppers in Saudi Arabia have all been arming, funding and protecting the terrorists in Syria for years. The despicable John “Traitor” McCain spent his final years in the Senate arming and funding terrorists.
Wikileaks published a leaked e-mail to Hillary Clinton from Israeli Intelligence saying that the “fall of the Assad regime would result in a regional sectarian war between the Sunni’s and the Shia, drawing in Iran, which, in the view of Israeli commanders would not be a bad thing for Israel and it’s western allies.”
*Virginia Senator Dick Black is on record accusing Hillary Clinton of ordering the murder of Ambassador Christopher Stevens in Benghazi, to cover up her illegal transfer of arms and terrorists to Syria through Turkey.
*The US and Israel wanted a regional war to break out in Syria. Let that sink in.
*The Jerusalem Post recently reported that Israel has been arming and funding 12 terrorist groups in Syria for years. Is this how Israel spends the billions of dollars that we send them each year? Do you wonder why FOX News or the other networks didn’t report this news?
Trump said not long ago that he was pulling troops out of Syria but he has apparently changed his mind. The US Navy is currently conducting maneuvers in the region and the reason now given for staying in Syria was addressed by Naval Commander Scott Stearney who stated, They are concerned that “Iran’s activities in the region are promoting instability.” Really?
The US has been arming terrorists in Syria, Libya, and Iraq for years and is arming and sponsoring the Saudi slaughter that continues against the people of Yemen. The Turks, NATO members, have been active in Idlib for some time and have colluded with several terrorist groups including ISIS in Syria for years.
Israel bombs targets in Syria with impunity, claiming 200 bombing missions in Syria this year alone. They claim to be bombing Iranian targets, in much the same way that they blame Hamas every time they shoot another unarmed Palestinian.
The Trump administration, however, is concerned about Iran destabilizing the region? You really have to leave your brain at the door to follow this insane Neo-Con logic.
Trump needs to take control of America’s foreign policy that currently appears to be in the hands of Bibi Netanyahu, the Zionists at the Pentagon and the President’s National Security Adviser, and longtime  Israeli puppet, John Bolton who was no doubt behind cruelly cutting off aid to the prisoners in Palestine.
If he doesn’t, he will likely end up on the Mt. Rushmore of American war criminals alongside the Kenyon, Barack Obama, the head of the Bush Crime Family George H.W. Bush, and of course the scourge of Iraq, George Bush “The Dumber”.
In recent days Israeli puppet Nikki Haley oddly warned Syria’s Bashar al-Assad not to use chemical weapons against terrorists in Idlib, the last refuge of ISIS, Al Queda and other groups, and just yesterday the Wall Street Journal published an article citing unnamed US officials who claim Syrian’s President Assad is planning a chemical attack. I remember when intelligence from unnamed sources lied us into the war in Iraq.
This should serve as a false flag alert to everyone. What purpose would a chemical attack serve Syria or Russia in a war they are winning? John Bolton’s recent trip to Israel was no doubt to firm up their plans to intervene and another false flag gas attack has certainly worked in the past to get the base on board to fight another war for Israel, why not another?
Just yesterday afternoon Bolton said in a televised speech that the US, France, and Great Britain have agreed that any future gas attacks would be taken ”very seriously” and would require a much “stronger and harsher response”. Sounds like we will hear about a gas attack in Syria sooner than later.
The harsher response is what Bibi and the rest of Israels zealot’s want. the plan for “the Greater Israel Project”, which calls for the theft of much more land, won’t allow a retreat, and if the Syrians won’t gas their people the US/Israeli backed terrorists and associated White Helmets no doubt have their orders.
Also, Bibi has an interest in Genie Oil Company which is pumping billions in stolen Syrian oil from the Golan Heights and Assad has made some noise recently about retaking the Golan Heights.
Regime change would likely result in the Golan Heights, Stolen by Israel from Syria over 50 years ago, remaining with Israel. At least Bibi Netanyahu certainly believes it would.
Netanyahu has already been pressuring Trump to give America’s blessing to the theft of the Golan Heights, but even if Trump went along with it the rest of the world never would. Israel hasn’t many friends at the UN.
Russia’s Putin, Iran’s Rouhani, and Turkey’s Erdogan met recently to try to avoid more conflict as Turkey has been overrun with 3 million Syrian refugees. Putin and Rouhani deciding the time was right to move on Idlib, dismissed talks of ceasefire or further delays.
Fars News Agency reported that Russian and Syrian Fighters carried out strikes on terrorists in the Hama and Idlib area inflicting heavy losses. The question many are asking is what is the US goal in Syria? What exactly is the mission? Why should World War 3 start over this nonsense?
After years of sending terrorists into Syria to destroy the country and murder, it’s citizens, It would be a stretch for the US to now claim we are there on a humanitarian mission, but I wouldn’t be surprised if they try.
That might be a tough sell now since the Russian military just accused the US Air Force of using F-15 Fighters armed with banned White Phosphorus munitions while bombing the town of Hajin in Syria. The US and Israel have been accused of this before, the US famously in Fallujah, Iraq. No wonder the US is breaking with the International Criminal Court (ICC)
According to the State Department, with no UN mandate and no invitation from the Syrian government to stay, the new mission in Syria signed by Trump removes timelines on withdrawal. According to US special envoy James Jeffrey, they are committed to an “indefinitely extended stay.” The goal he said was “Containing Iran.”
That, no doubt, must seem reasonable to most FOX News watchers except what they didn’t address is the fact that there are no Iranian troops in Syria, nor are there any Iranian military bases in Syria.
*In a new warning at the UN, Ambassador Nikki Haley said, “If Assad, Russia and Iran continue down the path they are on the consequences will be dire”.
This would be hilarious if it weren’t so deadly serious. Haley must be aware that the rest of the world isn’t getting their news from FOX. The US has no moral superiority in Syria and dopey Nikki Haley couldn’t see the moral high ground from where she sits with binoculars.
What do you suppose Israel was really targeting on those 200 bombing raids inside Syria. Just who are US Fighters targeting in Hajin with white phosphorus? Why isn’t anyone asking these questions in the criminally negligent media?
The US and Russian fleets sit off the coast of Syria waiting for orders. What Trump does in Syria will make or break his presidency. If he doesn’t want to have the same “war criminal” tag that Bush and Obama carry around, Trump had better either keep Bibi on a shorter leash or break the chains Bibi has on him.
Either way at $20 trillion in debt we don’t have the resources, and I don’t think most American’s have the stomach for another war for Israel. The Syrian story is the next big story. The next great theft.

Related Articles By Patrick J. McShay:
*Syrian War Lies And The Greater Israel Project http://stateofthenation2012.com/?p=97468


River to Sea Uprooted Palestinian   
The views expressed in this article are the sole responsibility of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of the Blog!

          Apple Announces Three New iPhones, Apple Watch Series 4      Cache   Translate Page      

Apple on Wednesday unveiled the iPhone XS, XS Max and XR, along with the Apple Watch Series 4 and a slew of new features aimed at improving upon the health, fitness, photography and other capabilities customers have come to depend on.

Speaking from the Steve Jobs Theater at the Apple campus in Cupertino, California, CEO Tim Cook called the iPhone XS "by far the most advanced iPhone we have ever created."

CEO Tim Cook introduces Apple's new smartphone, the iPhone XS, on Wednesday at company headquarters in Cupertino, California.

The iPhone XS and XS Max build upon the iPhone X, announced last year, by introducing larger screens and a new 7-nanometer chip called A12 Bionic, aimed at faster app processing. Phil Schiller, the company's senior vice president of worldwide marketing, described A12 Bionic as "the smartest, most powerful chip in a smartphone."

The iPhone XS and XS Max are two sizes of the same device, while the iPhone XR, a 6.1-inch phone with a bright LCD screen, falls somewhere between the iPhone 8 and iPhone X in terms of price. With the iPhone XS and the iPhone XS Max, Apple has revealed some of its most expensive phones yet. The iPhone XS starts from $1629 for a 64-gigabyte device, and the iPhone XS Max starts from $1799 for a 64G device. The iPhone XR comes in at a bit less, starting from $1229 for a 64G device.

The company also announced details about the Apple Watch Series 4, which features bigger screens on a thinner device to produce less total volume than previous watch series. The screens go to the edges of the device and are over 30 percent larger, said Apple chief operating officer Jeff Williams.

The new Apple Watch also makes some important advances to the devices' health features. Series 4 can identify if the wearer has fallen, Williams said, and delivers an alert asking whether to initiate an emergency call. The watch can also detect atrial fibrillation and take an electrocardiogram, or ECG. Williams called the watch the "first ECG product offered over the counter directly to consumers" and noted that both new heart features had received Food and Drug Administration clearance.

Apple Watch Series 4 is priced at $599 for the GPS version and $749 for the GPS + Cellular model.

Wednesday's announcements came shortly after the company appeared to leak the new devices on its website. The names of the new phones appeared in a product site map XML file hosted on Apple's website Wednesday, just before the company officially unveiled the products.

Last month, Apple shares rose to a historic $207.05 and the company's market value hit $1 trillion.


          Measures needed to spur Taiwan blockchain development, says ACE Exchange president      Cache   Translate Page      
Despite digital currency exchange entering a bearish market, blockchain applications are just taking off now with bright prospects looming ahead, as potential market values for virtual currency, blockchain technology and decentralization sectors are estimated by research institutions to hit US$10 trillion within 15 years, according to David Pan, president of ACE Exchange, a digital asset trading platform.
          Bob: The €1 Trillion Plan      Cache   Translate Page      
Worcester's own Michael Foster MP, in his new role as Parliamentary Under-Secretary for the Department for International Development, gave a written answer on Monday to a question from Claire Curtis-Thomas MP.
          (USA-AZ-Phoenix) Senior Manager, Sales Funnel Management, Schwab Advisor Services      Cache   Translate Page      
Description: Phoenix - AZ, PHX4750A, 4750 E Francisco, 85044-5359 Evan Russell 20180828-5561 **We believe that** , when done right, investing liberates people to create their own destiny. **We are driven** by our purpose to champion every client’s goals with passion and integrity. **We respect** and appreciate the diversity of our employees, our clients, and the communities we serve. **We challenge** conventions strategically to create value for our clients, our firm and the world. We live and bring to life the concept of ‘own your tomorrow’ every day. **We champion** our employee strengths, guide their development, and invest in their long-term success. **We hire** optimistic, results-oriented, curious, innovative, and adaptable people with the desire to help our clients and one another succeed. As a company, we were established by Chuck at http://www.aboutschwab.com/about/leadership/charles_schwab over 40 years ago to champion Main Street over Wall Street, and to help Americans transform themselves from earners to owners. Through advocacy and innovation, we work to make investing more affordable, accessible and understandable for all. As we enter our fifth decade, we are looking for talented, innovative and driven people who believe they can help themselves, and our clients, create a better future. **Our Opportunity:** Schwab Advisor Services, a division of Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. is the leading provider of custody, trading, technology and practice management to registered investment advisors (RIAs). Schwab Advisor Services serves over 7,000 independent advisory firms who custody over $1 trillion of assets with Schwab. The Advisor Services Field Experience team helps client-facing teams in our Sales and Service organizations to create more value by leading strategic thought partnership and execution of key initiatives. Within the Field Experience team, the AS Sales Support team enables field sales to focus on winning, growing and retaining clients (RIAs) by providing superb strategic, analytical, programmatic and operational support that allows the business to grow and scale. **What you’ll do:** The AS Sales Support Senior Manager is responsible for funnel management (Sales Pipeline) discipline across Advisor Services Sales. This individual will identify, define and lead efforts to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the sales process. We’re looking for someone who is self-motivated, highly analytical and has exceptional interpersonal and relationship-building skills. Additional responsibilities include: + Own the end-to-end process of tracking the sales funnel and deliver regular insights to the business + Create an operational cadence and oversight model for pipeline management and CRM data hygiene + Develop sales process and funnel management KPI's that provide executive-level insights on performance + Develop and maintain strong relationships with support functions and sales leadership to ensure strategic alignment and ability to influence change + Identify, sponsor and eliminate sales process bottlenecks and inconsistencies + Create and maintain documentation for sales processes, policies and relevant training materials **What you have:** + Bachelor’s degree + 3+ years of experience in or supporting a large service or sales organization + 3+ years of experience leveraging a CRM system + Advanced or expert Excel skills + Strong analytical and strategic thinking skills + Strong executive presence and presentation skills + Ability to multi-task and prioritize time-sensitive assignments + Proven ability to work in a fast paced, matrixed environment **What you’ll get:** + Comprehensive Compensation and Benefits package + Financial Health: 401k Match, Employee Stock Purchase Plan, Employee Discounts, Personalized advice, Brokerage discounts + Work/Life Balance: Sabbatical, Paid Parental Leave, New Mothers returning to work Program, Tuition Reimbursement Programs, Time off to volunteer, Employee Matching Gifts Program + Everyday Wellness: Health and Lifestyle Wellness Rewards, Onsite Fitness Classes, Healthy Food Choices, Wellness Champions + Inclusion: Employee Resource Groups, Commitment to diversity, Strategic partnerships + Not just a job, but a career, with an opportunity to do the best work of your life Learn more about Life@Schwab at http://www.aboutschwab.com/careers/life_at_schwab/" . Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. is an equal opportunity and affirmative action employer committed to diversifying its workforce. It is Schwab's policy to provide equal employment opportunities to all employees and applicants without regard to race, color, religion, sex (including pregnancy, childbirth, breastfeeding, or related medical conditions), gender identity or expression, national origin, ancestry, age, disability, legally protected medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sexual orientation, protected veteran status, military status, citizenship status or any other status that is protected by law. Schwab also does not discriminate against applicants or employees because they have inquired about, discussed, or disclosed their own pay or the pay of another employee or applicant. At Schwab, we believe that every employee, through their diverse abilities and experiences, can contribute to our growth, innovation and client loyalty. We embrace diversity and are committed to providing equal opportunity to all employees and applicants. If you have a disability, and require reasonable accommodations in the application process, call Human Resources at 800-725-3535. We will be happy to assist you. Schwab will only share your accommodation request with those individuals who have a specific need to know. The request for an accommodation will not affect Schwab's hiring decisions. All other submissions should be performed online. Job Specifications Work Schedule: Days Languages: English - spoken Current Licenses / Certifications: None Relevant Work Experience: Financial Services-6+ yrs, Analyst/Strategy-6+ yrs Position Located In: AZ - Phoenix Education: BA/BS Job Type: Full Time Category:Marketing Analytics Activation Date: Wednesday, September 12, 2018 Expiration Date: Saturday, October 13, 2018 Apply Here
          Headlines – September 12, 2018      Cache   Translate Page      
News T-38 crashes at Sheppard; pilots stable after ejecting – A T-38C Talon II trainer aircraft crashed after it departed the runway before taking off from Sheppard Air Force Base in Wichita Falls, Texas, Tuesday morning, the base said in a release.   Counterterror costs since 911: $2.8 trillion and climbing – After a small...
          Do Central Banks Serve the People?      Cache   Translate Page      

 
Central banks have become the go-to institution of modern economies. In the wake of the 2007 financial crisis, they injected trillions of dollars of liquidity – through a process known as quantitative easing – first to prevent financial meltdown and later to stimulate the economy. The untold story behind these measures, and behind the changing roles of central banks generally, is that they have come at a considerable cost. 

Central banks argue we had

Read More...

          Do Central Banks Serve the People?      Cache   Translate Page      

 
Central banks have become the go-to institution of modern economies. In the wake of the 2007 financial crisis, they injected trillions of dollars of liquidity – through a process known as quantitative easing – first to prevent financial meltdown and later to stimulate the economy. The untold story behind these measures, and behind the changing roles of central banks generally, is that they have come at a considerable cost. 

Central banks argue we had

Read More...

          6-Figure Price Tag Expected For Rare Apple-1 Computer At Auction      Cache   Translate Page      
Before Apple was a trillion-dollar company, before its phones and laptops came to dominate the tech industry, it was just a California startup working out of a garage. Now, one of the first products the company ever made — the Apple-1 computer — is about to be the star of a live auction on Sept. 25 in Boston. "The Apple-1 is so iconic of that era, of the garage era of Silicon Valley, that I think there is almost no other object that really encapsulates what it does culturally and technologically," says Dag Spicer, senior curator for the Computer History Museum, which has an Apple-1 in its collection. Spicer says it's one of their most popular pieces. Looking at an Apple-1 is kind of like looking at the Rosetta Stone. You don't totally understand what you're seeing, but you sense its significance. "The Apple-1 didn't come with a keyboard, didn't come with a monitor or anything like that," says Corey Cohen, an expert who restores Apple-1 computers. "It really was just the board, but the
          Blockchain Could Boost Trade Finance by $1 Trillion, WEF Research Says      Cache   Translate Page      
Blockchain technology can help global businesses generate an extra $1 trillion in trade finance, according to World Economic Forum research.
          Дефицит бюджета США: и снова больше триллиона?      Cache   Translate Page      


О такой возможности по итогам 11 месяцев 2017-18 финансового года предупреждает Министерство финансов США. За этот период дефицит составил 895 млрд. долларов. А как известно именно на последний месяц финансового года (оканчивающегося в США 30 сентября) припадают основные траты. А значит триллионный дефицит будет. При этом «виновными» станут резкое увеличение трат в том числе и на оборону и отсутствие роста налоговых поступлений.

А еще бы я добавил увеличение учетной ставки ФРС, которая удорожает обслуживание госдолга.

При этом, противники Трампа уже заявляют, что все это результат бездумной политики нынешней администрации. Налоговая реформа не дала результатов, спровоцировав резкий рост расходов казны, что по мнению критиков режима приведет быстрому росту госдолга и коллапсу экономики.

В общем, нас опять ждет увлекательное американское представление, в котором безнадежные должники будут делать вид, что они борются со своими безнадежными долгами...

Источник: http://naspravdi.info/novosti/deficit-byudzheta-ssha-i-snova-bolshe-trilliona



          iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max, iPhone XR      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple announced two new flagship iPhones in the iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max. The iPhone XS returns to the tick-tock naming scheme for mid-cycle iPhone models. The iPhone XS shares the same design as the iPhone X but brings overhauled internals. The iPhone XS Max is a new super-sized iPhone coming in with a 6.5-inch display. The iPhone XS Max is the physical size of the iPhone 8 Plus with its 5.5-inch display.

When I got the iPhone X, I wondered what it would look like in the iPhone Plus footprint, so I guess the Max was a logical next step.

The new iPhone models feature the new A12 Bionic chip. The CPU is an industry-first 7nm chip with a 6-core CPU, 4-core GPU, and a Neural Engine. The neural engine is a dedicated capacity for machine learning. Apple says the A12 Neural Engine can do 5 trillion operations per second compared to 600 billion in the A11. Apple says the CPU is 15 percent faster with 40 percent lower power consumption. Additionally, the GPU is up to 50 percent faster.

We####ll see how this all pans out, but the improved power efficiency should be apparent. Depending usage and whatever does with machine learning, the big boost with the Neural Engine could be significant.

The iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max feature improved rear and front-facing cameras. The camera hardware improvements seem hard to qualify, but internally the new iPhones offer improved image processing. Using the Neural Engine, the iPhone will be able to better analyze photos and features of people to improve photos. The new iPhones also features Smart HDR that will pull together a composite of four photos with zero lag. Portrait mode also received improvements with a cool ability to modify the depth of field as a post-edit. A new slider will allow you to bring the background in and out of focus during editing.

Generally, the camera is my most important feature with each new iPhone. The iPhone X offered a notable jump, but it hard to realize this with just specs.

The iPhone XS offers up to 30 minutes longer than the iPhone X, while the iPhone XS Max is up to 90 minutes.

The new iPhones also brings dual-SIM capabilities. The iPhone XS and XS Max has one physical SIM and a software eSIM. Essentially this allows you to install two SIM card to the device so that can have two phone numbers and/or data plans on one device. This would be handy for people who carry two devices for personal and work calls or those traveling and want flexibility with providers.

The iPhone XS and XS Max goes on pre-order starting September 14th and available in stores and delivery starting September 21st. Pricing starts at $999 for the XS and $1099 for the XS Max. It seems the $1000 price point has been established for flagship devices. Also worth noting that the iPhone XS starts out at only 64 GB for that $1000. Also, no more free headphone jack dongles.

Apple also announced a new entry-level iPhone XR. The XR has a 6.1-inch LCD display. The display is a cheaper option than the OLED on the other iPhone X models, although it is larger than the iPhone XS. The iPhone XR also supports Face ID and has the A12 processor. It as a single rear camera vs the two on the other models

The iPhone XR starts at $749. The XR pre-order stars October 19th and ships the 26th.

Article Link
          North America Remodeling Market to accrue substantial gains over 2018-2024 | ABC Supply Co. Inc., Anderson Corporation, Ferguson Enterprises, Builders FirstSource, Dow Building & Construction, Hanley Wood, LLC      Cache   Translate Page      
North America Remodeling Market to accrue substantial gains over 2018-2024 | ABC Supply Co. Inc., Anderson Corporation, Ferguson Enterprises, Builders FirstSource, Dow Building & Construction, Hanley Wood, LLC Global Market Insights, Inc. announces the launch of its latest report on Global Remodeling Market featuring the key industry trends across the end-use and regional landscape. The company forecasts the global remodeling market share to surpass USD 5 trillion by

          Second generation of chaebols own 32.4% of stocks of 100 top South Korean business groups      Cache   Translate Page      
Members of the ruling families at South Korea’s top 100 business groups own stocks valued at a total of 152 trillion won, with 49 trillion won of that - or 32.4 percent -possessed by the owners’ child..
          THE EVER MORE BORING CREATION OF WEALTH:      Cache   Translate Page      
We're Living in What May Be the Most Boring Bull Market Ever: In an age of index funds and private companies, even a boom can feel blah. (Chris Nagi, September 13, 2018, Businessweek)

Cheered by what's become by some measures the longest bull market on record, U.S. investors have plowed money into U.S. stock exchange-traded funds at a rate of almost $12 billion a month since the start of 2017, five times as much as seven years ago. There are signs of stress--like the recent sell-off in Asia--but so far they appear in U.S. investors' peripheral vision. Anyone buying stock in an American company right now must be comfortable paying two or three times annual sales per share, a level of shareholder generosity that hasn't been seen since the dying throes of the dot-com bubble. [...]


[T]his isn't like the boom of the late 1990s. Rarely do companies have initial public offerings where their stocks double on the first day of trading. The tip-dispensing cabbies of the bubble era are driving Ubers now, and any money they have to invest is going into ETFs, not individual stocks.

That's what it's like now: a market with fewer human voices, where the hum of computers is the background music to math projects with names like smart beta and risk parity. It's a land ruled by giants. Three, to be exact--Vanguard, State Street, and BlackRock, which manage 80 percent of the $2.8 trillion invested in U.S. stock ETFs. IPOs, once the life of the market party, have turned into inconveniences in a world dominated by passive funds, occasions for reordering delicately balanced indexes.

The entire boom feels the same for people, because it has been steady and sustained--since TARP saved it--rather than spectacular.  

          Comment on Summer 2018 slowdown link roundup by Justme      Cache   Translate Page      
Who caused the great Housing Bubble of 2003-2008 and the Great Recession of 2008-13? That is the obvious question this week at the 10-year anniversary of the demise of Lehman Brothers, which was the event that marked when the financial crisis in the aftermath of the housing bubble started affecting almost everyone. Not me!!, says every person, trade group and industry that cheered the madness on for their own greed and profit. It wasn't a bubble, it wasn't my fault, it was the fault of those OTHER people. In fact, there was no bubble at all, just look at asset prices now! They are higher than ever! What's not to like? Never mind the 700B USD "TARP" bailout. Never mind that the Federal Reserve Bank "had to" create 4.3 TRILLION USD(*) in new bank reserves in order to paper over the giant losses, and inflate assets back so that banks and (mostly wealthy) bondholders and shareholders would not have to be subjected to the losses. (*) Bank reserves were about 600B USD before this started, I think. Who lost? Every working man and woman of the land, because asset inflation equals labor devaluation. It devalues YOU. You will not get a raise that keeps up with asset inflation. You will not be able to afford a house. You will not get rich from bonds and stocks. Nobody gave or will give YOU interest-free loans to buy in at rock-bottom prices. And here we are again. The Everything Bubble has been in full swing for the last 5 years. Asset inflation has been going on for a full 9 years. Labor is as undervalued as ever. Yes, this is the week when various self-interested subgroups make an extra effort to spread propaganda that hides their actions and self-interest in causing the housing bubble and the great recession. Enjoy. If you can stomach it.<div class="comment-remix-meta"><!-- --><a href="#" class="replyto" onclick="replyto('274099','Justme',''); return false;">Reply</a> — <a href="#" class="quote" onclick="quote('274099','Justme','Who caused the great Housing Bubble of 2003-2008 and the Great Recession of 2008-13? That is the obvious question this week at the 10-year anniversary of the demise of Lehman Brothers, which was the event that marked when the financial crisis in the aftermath of the housing bubble started affecting almost everyone.\n\nNot me!!, says every person, trade group and industry that cheered the madness on for their own greed and profit.\n\nIt wasn\'t a bubble, it wasn\'t my fault, it was the fault of those OTHER people. In fact, there was no bubble at all, just look at asset prices now! They are higher than ever! What\'s not to like?\n\nNever mind the 700B USD \"TARP\" bailout. Never mind that the Federal Reserve Bank \"had to\" create 4.3 TRILLION USD(*) in new bank reserves in order to paper over the giant losses, and inflate assets back so that banks and (mostly wealthy) bondholders and shareholders would not have to be subjected to the losses. (*) Bank reserves were about 600B USD before this started, I think.\n\nWho lost? Every working man and woman of the land, because asset inflation equals labor devaluation. It devalues YOU. You will not get a raise that keeps up with asset inflation. You will not be able to afford a house. You will not get rich from bonds and stocks. Nobody gave or will give YOU interest-free loans to buy in at rock-bottom prices.\n\nAnd here we are again. The Everything Bubble has been in full swing for the last 5 years. Asset inflation has been going on for a full 9 years. Labor is as undervalued as ever.\n\nYes, this is the week when various self-interested subgroups make an extra effort to spread propaganda that hides their actions and self-interest in causing the housing bubble and the great recession.\n\nEnjoy. If you can stomach it.',''); return false;">Quote</a></div>
          Half Million Humans Slaughtered, $4 Trillion Wasted Since 9/11 and Al Qaeda is Stronger Than Ever      Cache   Translate Page      
After 17 years, there is no sign that the War on Terror is ending anytime soon—but there is evidence that Al Qaeda is stronger than ever, thanks to the U.S.
          Apple unveils bigger and pricier Iphone      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple's iconic iPhone is getting bigger - and more expensive. The California tech giant unveiled its largest-ever iPhone on Wednesday - the XS Max - along with the smaller XS and a watch that can detect heart problems. Analysts say the company is hoping to get customers to upgrade to pricier devices in the face of stagnant global demand for smartphones. The strategy's been successful, helping Apple's stock rise more than 30 percent this year and making it the first publicly traded U.S. company worth more than $1 trillion. At around 950 Euros, the XS Max, will help the company compete against Samsung products.
          A fund manager who's crushing nearly all of her peers breaks down 3 under-the-radar stocks driving her strong performance      Cache   Translate Page      

amy zhang

  • The Alger Small Cap Focus Fund, managed by Amy Zhang, has gained 47% this year, outperforming its benchmark and all except one US fund tracked by Morningstar.
  • Small-cap stocks, broadly defined as companies worth between $200 million and $2 billion, provide a "fertile ground for active management," she told Business Insider. 
  • In a recent interview, Zhang shared three stock picks that have helped drive her fund's outperformance, and what matters most when deciding which companies to invest in. 

There's hardly any obvious link between playing the piano and investing. 

But Amy Zhang, who does both activities, can spot a few, including the importance of consistency, creativity, and practice. She also recalls the looming deadlines before each time her teacher would show up to evaluate what was learned during the previous lesson. 

"It forced me to be disciplined," Zhang said of her piano-learning days. She said those skills have carried over into her management of the $2.2 billion Alger Small Cap Focus Fund.

As of Wednesday, the fund's 47% year-to-date gain was outranked by one other US portfolio in Morningstar's coverage universe. It also beat the best-performing large-cap growth funds, mirroring how smaller companies have gained more than their larger counterparts this year; the Russell 2000 has rallied 11.5%, outperforming the S&P 500 by about 3.5 percentage points. 

The small-cap space is "a fertile ground for active management," Zhang told Business Insider in an interview on Tuesday.

For one, there are nearly nine times as many US small caps (worth between $200 million and $2 billion) as there are mega-cap companies worth more than $50 billion. This means there are far fewer analysts available to cover small-cap companies, the stocks are less liquid, and institutional ownership is less.

But in turn, this inefficiency also means that stock pickers who do the grunt work may find outsized opportunities that have fewer eyeballs. 

"People ask me if I'm surprised by the performance, and I don't want to sound arrogant, but I think it's a testament to long-term stock picking investors like us," Zhang said.  

Although market cap is widely used to separate small caps from mega caps, Zhang prefers to use revenue to define company sizes — specifically those with no more than $2 billion in revenues as a starting point. 

It's all about data

From then on, companies she finds attractive tend to have one thing in common: their ability to turn data into actionable information. 

Veeva Systems fit that profile. 

It's essentially a tech company for the healthcare industry, providing content-management software. Pharma and biotech companies, for example, can use Veeva's cloud-based software to scan documents securely from mobile phones or track data during a clinical trial.

Veeva's clients include Merck and Biogen. The company had $512 billion in cash at the end of the second quarter and earned $209.6 billion in revenues. 

Although Veeva is firmly in the life-sciences arena, it also creates software for companies in the consumer-goods and chemical industries.

"There's still lots of room for growth," Zhang said, notwithstanding the stock's 88% surge this year and 135% gain since it went public in 2013.

Screen Shot 2018 09 12 at 4.04.16 PM

"We always invest in companies that have long-term secular trends," Zhang said, including another tech company called Cognex

Zhang describes it as making "machines that can act like the human eye and the human brain, which is not easy." 

Cognex's machine-vision products span from barcode readers to laser cutters and Zhang's self-professed favorite: inspecting pizzas to ensure they're adequately covered with cheese

"It's more precise," she said, and taps into the longer-term trend of human tasks being reassigned to machines that can do them more efficiently.

What also makes Cognex attractive is that its core technologies can be applied — and are already being used — in various industries, which gives the company longevity, Zhang said. 

The company's total addressable market is north of $3.5 billion, she said. 

A common thread that runs through these companies is that they have a healthy spend on research and development as a share of revenue. For Zhang, it's a demonstration that they are investing in the future.

Cognex spent $27 billion, or 13% of its revenue on R&D during the second quarter. It reported $755 million in cash and investments and no debt.  

Another characteristic Zhang looks for when picking stocks is companies that address a pain point for customers. 

That's partly why Apptio was a buy, and  it remains one of the top-10 holdings in her portfolio. 

Apptio uses companies' IT data combined with details of their finances to budget and plan their technology needs. 

The company started with enterprises but is now gaining federal clients including Washington State. 

"That's opened up a whole new addressable market," she said, adding that these tend to be sticky long-term contracts that are expensive to cancel.

Apptio is also net-cash positive, with $255 million in cash and $143 million in debt at the end of the second quarter. 

Its stock has surged 72% in 2018.

SEE ALSO: An investment chief at a trillion-dollar firm breaks down how to avoid some of the costliest mistakes American investors make when buying into other countries

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: An aerospace company reintroduced its precision helicopter with two crossing motors


          The Tesla of China fails to raise the $1.8 billion it targeted in its US IPO (NIO)      Cache   Translate Page      

William Li China Nio

  • Chinese electric-car startup Nio, known as the Tesla of China, debuted for trading in the US on Wednesday.
  • Nio, backed by Chinese tech giant Tencent, failed to raise the $1.8 billion it targeted during its initial public offering.
  • Nio's fundraising is an example that shows China's ambition to become a dominant global electric-vehicle producer, Reuters says.

Chinese electric-car startup Nio, which has been touted as the Tesla of China, went public in the US on Wednesday, weeks after Tesla CEO Elon Musk openly said  he was considering taking his company private.

Shares of Nio debut with a sell-off, opening at $6 apiece or 4.2% below its initial-public-offering price of $6.26. The company raised $1 billion from the offering, falling short of the $1.8 billion target it had set.

iQiyi, known as the Netflix of China, is still the biggest US listing by a Chinese firm this year. iQiyi raised $2.42 billion from a Nasdaq IPO in March. Pinduoduo, an online group discounter, is the second largest at $1.63 billion. 

Nio, backed by Chinese tech giant Tencent, was founded by William Li in November 2014 as NextCar and changed its name in July 2017. Tencent, its largest investor, beneficially owns all the Class B ordinary shares and represents 21.5% of the voting power. Li retains 14.5% of the business and 48.3% of the voting power, according to Bizjournals, citing the electric-car maker's filing.

Nio's public fundraising shows China's ambition to become a dominant global electric-vehicle producer as the nation bids to reduce vehicle emissions, produce high-tech industries, and compete with the likes of Tesla and other electric-car makers, Reuters says. It notes that other electric-car makers in China, such as WM Motor Technology Co and Xpeng Motor, have also raised billions from heavyweight investors including tech giants Alibaba, Baidu, and Tencent.

While Nio just started trading in the US, its competitor Tesla has been under pressure since Musk tweeted on August 7 that he was considering taking his company private at $420 a share and had "funding secured." He later reversed course, but his tweets triggered a Securities and Exchange subpoena and relentless attacks from investors betting against the company.

Now read:

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: An aerospace company reintroduced its precision helicopter with two crossing motors


          China's pockets may not be deep enough to bail out emerging markets      Cache   Translate Page      

AP_18232179553108

  • China has extended easy credit to vulnerable countries.
  • But its pockets are not as deep as they once were, analysts say.
  • Lending to emerging markets could also face political backlash.

When Malaysia canceled two large-scale infrastructure projects backed by China last month, Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad said he was afraid the country could go bankrupt. As leader of a government that has tried to crowdfund its $250 billion of debt, that seems to be a reasonable concern.

"It’s all about borrowing too much money, which we cannot afford and cannot repay because we don’t need these projects in Malaysia," Mahathir told the New York Times in interviews about the projects, a rail link and a natural gas pipeline that had a collective price tag of more than $22 billion.

Malaysia is just the latest debt-ridden country to have been courted by Chinese lenders, a potential alternative to International Monetary Fund programs that can come with sweeping stipulations.

For example, China is Venezuela's largest creditor, lending the collapsing country more than $62 billion over the past decade. And just last week, President Xi Jinping offered countries in Africa another $60 billion in aid and loans.

But throwing life lines to emerging markets could be impractical for China in the long run, Nomura economists led by Ting Lu wrote in a recent note.

"China is still financially healthy, but its pockets are not as deep as they were," Lu wrote.

In the first three months of 2018, China ran its first current account-deficit since before joining the World Trade Organization in 2001. It rebounded by the second-quarter, but the setback raised questions about whether current-account deficits could occur more frequently in the future.

China's foreign-exchange reserves have fallen to roughly $3.1 trillion from $4 trillion in 2014. Meanwhile, hard-currency external debt has surged, with corporate offshore dollar bond issuance up about $500 billion during that same period.

"As China’s economy is becoming increasingly constrained by its own production capacity, EM imports from China financed by RMB borrowings would likely squeeze China’s exports, resulting, in our opinion, in a headline trade surplus that could overstate actual FX inflows, ultimately impairing China’s FX reserves," Lu wrote. 

Lending to emerging markets could also face political backlash as China faces an economic slowdown and as a trade war with the US continues to escalate. As Bloomberg Opinion columnist Shuli Ren recently wrote, "China’s shaky domestic economy may mean that it’s no longer politically viable for Beijing to keep being so generous."

For now though, China appears comfortable cozying up to emerging markets. The country been looking to expand economic ties abroad through its Belt and Road Initiative, a trillion-dollar investment venture that has infrastructure investment plans spanning across more than 60 countries.

A recent Pentagon report found the initiative is designed to shape interests to align with Beijing and to avoid confrontation and criticism. Involved countries could "develop economic dependence on Chinese capital, which China could leverage to achieve its interests," it said.

"They know that when they lend big sums of money to a poor country, in the end they may have to take the project for themselves," Mahathir told the Times.

SEE ALSO: 'If this tariff takes effect, we are out of business': Small companies warn of widespread layoffs and shutdowns if Trump doesn’t back down from a trade war with China

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: One bite from this tick could ruin red meat for the rest of your life


          What you need to know on Wall Street today      Cache   Translate Page      

Welcome to Finance Insider, Business Insider's summary of the top stories of the past 24 hours. Sign up here to get the best of Business Insider delivered direct to your inbox.

Jamie Dimon backtracks after claiming he 'could beat Trump' in an election

JPMorgan Chase CEO Jamie Dimon reversed course after taking aim at President Donald Trump during a JPMorgan event on Wednesday.

"I think I could beat Trump," Dimon said.

"Because I'm as tough as he is, I'm smarter than he is," he continued. "I would be fine. He could punch me all he wants, it wouldn't work with me. I'd fight right back."

But Dimon, a lifelong Democrat, also added that he could not win an election due to the "liberal side" of the Democratic Party.

Upstart exchange IEX snags its first listing from Nasdaq

IEX, the startup stock exchange made famous in Michael Lewis' book "Flash Boys," has snagged a listing from one of its larger rivals.

The New York firm, which gained stock-exchange approval in 2016, announced Wednesday that electronic brokerage Interactive Brokers will switch its listing venue from Nasdaq to IEX in October.

IEX, which was founded by Brad Katsuyama in 2012, is known for its speed-bump stock-trading model that aims to put the world's fastest trading firms on a level playing field with investors.

The cryptocurrency Ethereum crashed by over 8% on Wednesday, extending a slump for the asset and the wider market.

Ethereum was down 8.6% to $169.12 just after 9:30 a.m. GMT (4:30 a.m. ET), a level not seen since May 2017, when Ethereum was enjoying its first price surge of the year.

The cryptocurrency is down almost 30% over the past seven days and has mirrored a wider slump in the cryptocurrency market over the past two weeks.

This year's average Goldman Sachs intern is willing to pay $6 for avocado toast and admires Obama

Former US President Barack Obama is the most admired figure among this year's global class of Goldman Sachs interns.

Each year, the investment bank surveys its summer interns on topics as varied as their ambitions and their spending habits. Seventy-six percent of the 3,162 summer analysts and associates who interned at Goldman worldwide this summer responded to the questionnaire. Goldman published the results on Wednesday.

One of the more frivolous results indicated that the interns were willing to pay $6 on average for avocado toast, the popular millennial brunch dish.

Obama was the most popular choice as a role model, followed by Sheryl Sandberg, Nelson Mandela, and Steve Jobs.

In markets news

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: An aerospace company reintroduced its precision helicopter with two crossing motors


          New iPhone XS is really just another iPhone X      Cache   Translate Page      
Apple’s newest iPhone is bigger, faster and tougher — but it’s basically still an iPhone X. The California tech darling unveiled its iPhone XS, larger-than-ever XS Max and its new budget XR on Wednesday, focusing on improvements under the hood. The new A12 bionic chip can handle 6 trillion operations a second, compared to the...
          Blockchain Can Add $1 Trillion to World Trade By 2028, Says World Economic Forum      Cache   Translate Page      
via Cointelegraph.com News at September 13, 2018 at 12:31PM Ready Full Article: https://cointelegrap
          Blockchain Could Boost Trade Finance by $1 Trillion, WEF Research Says      Cache   Translate Page      
via CoinDesk at September 13, 2018 at 09:20AM Ready Full Article: https://www.coindesk.com/blockchai
          Smartphone generation big growth opportunity for us: Canon      Cache   Translate Page      

Tokyo: More and more people, especially the millennials, are clicking photos via smartphones and for the Japanese camera giant Canon, this has created a huge market to tap as these people now want to experience something bigger and better which the camera and imaging pioneer can easily provide.

In 2017, nearly 1.3 trillion photos were taken globally -- from 660 billion in 2013 -- and most of the images were taken via smartphones.

"Today, more and more people are buying high-end cameras to rev up their smartphone experience. There will soon be more digital natives in the 10-50 age bracket than ever before.

"Our aim is to acquire the new generation in order to create new businesses and enhance our EOS camera ecosystem," emphasised Go Tokura, Executive Officer and Chief Executive, Image Communication Business Operations at Canon.

Addressing a select gathering at the Canon headquarters here, Tokura said the company is aiming to build a brand new imaging world where high-end smartphones are deciding the future of camera experience.

In India, over 400 million people are smartphone users and more than 700 million people have feature phones who will eventually shift to smartphones for a better experience.

"Although the compact and entry-level camera market is shrinking owing to smartphones, professional and premium camera market is actually growing and our EOS series has been a phenomenal success," Tokura told the audience.

According to the Japan-based Camera Imaging Products Association (CIPA), the shipment number of digital cameras dropped a massive 23 per cent in July this year compared to the same period last year.

On the other hand, the professional camera market is growing.

"We have sold 90 million EOS cameras and 130 million EF lens so far. We have been building EOS cameras for the past 30 years and today, we have achieved high speed, ease of use and high-image quality for end users," informed the Canon executive.

Entering the high-end full-frame mirrorless camera market, Canon on September 5 launched the EOS R -- along with four RF lenses and four types of mount adapters -- that ensures higher image quality and enhanced usability.

The EOS R, which will be launched in India on September 21, employs the newly-developed RF Mount. A large (54 mm) mount internal diameter and short back focus allows for an enhanced communication between the lens and camera body.

The Canon EOS R has a 30.3MP Full-frame CMOS sensor and an ISO range of 100 to 40,000 (expandable up to 50-102,400).

"This is a low-light marvel. The Dual Pixel CMOS AF ensures high operability and precision. The camera is built for an advanced video/movie recording in 4K UHD," said Yoshiyuki Mizoguchi, Group Executive, ICB Products Group, Imaging Communications Business Operations, Canon.

According to a company survey, in 2017 unit sales of interchangeable-lens cameras in the global camera market reached approximately 11,400,000 units. In 2018, the sales are expected to again reach approximately 11,000,000 units.

"For the young millennials, we have launched three concept models this year: MF telephoto camera, intelligent company camera and an outdoor activity camera.

"Then there are wearable cameras, AWS DeepLens (a deep learning enabled video camera), Google Clips, Galaxy Gear 360 and camera-equipped drones where we are present. Canon has already taken a giant leap for the future," Tokura noted.

(Nishant Arora is in Tokyo at the invitation of Canon Inc. He can be contacted at nishant.a@ians.in)


          N6.2 trillion worth of equities traded on the NSE in last 5 years        Cache   Translate Page      

Nairametrics

equities have dominated transactions on the NSE in the last half-decade.

The post N6.2 trillion worth of equities traded on the NSE in last 5 years   appeared first on Nairametrics.


          What can healthcare learn from Amazon?      Cache   Translate Page      
The enterprise started out as an online seller of books, and then of small gadgets; then expanded into selling all sorts of consumer products as well as services. More recently, the company made its foray into other markets such as tech and healthcare.Just this month, the same company became part of the exclusive "$1 trillion club" after seeing its market valuation top that mark, the second U.S. company to do so.That's amazing...that's Amazon!With its massive success, Amazon has garnered a new appreciation from entrepreneurs across the nation. Forbes' Tom Taulli spoke with several entrepreneurs about what they believe helped Amazon achieve its massive success. Here are four things healthcare leaders can take away from Amazon's success: 1. Take the big risks. For Matt Cohen, CEO and co-founder of GRAND, one of the biggest reasons behind Amazon's success is the tenacity of its Founder, Chairman and CEO, Jeff Bezos. Mr. Bezos left his high-paying Wall Street job to take the much bigger risk of starting his own company. "Mr. Bezos is famous for thinking the much bigger risk was to live with the regret of not taking the leap. Great founders are different in that way they have enough confidence in themselves to know the biggest risk is in not swinging the bat," Cohen says. Often disruptive ideas seem crazy at the outset but are painfully obvious in hindsight, he adds.
          Junior .NET Developer      Cache   Translate Page      
Summary of the Role The Investment business at Willis Towers Watson has over 900 colleagues worldwide who provide services and advice to a diverse range of institutional investors. It advises on over $2.2 trillion of global assets and works closely with insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, endowments, foundations and many of the world’s top pension funds. The Role As a full-stack web developer in the Systems team, you will get to build web applications used by the investment line of business. Initially, you will be working on a platform that captures and processes qualitative and quantitative data from investment managers. You will have a high degree of autonomy when working on software. We encourage our developers to try new things and learn on the job; all our developers have Pluralsight licenses. You will have the support of a friendly close-knit development team, delivering the desired functionality on time and within budget using an agile methodology. Your day-to-day responsibilities will include: Implementing, testing and refactoring code (C#, JavaScript, SQL) Meeting with Product Owners to understand requirements and acceptance criteria Debugging code to identify defects or suggest improvements Working with the business to test and evaluate applications Providing 2nd level support to legacy software Skills & Experience Required experience: Software development experience, ideally using C# .NET or similar object oriented language Self-motivated, with the ability to coordinate day-to-day development and bug fixing activities Happy to suggest improvements and changes to existing legacy systems Keen interest in learning about and implementing new technologies Optional: Experience with web development using ASP.NET MVC, JavaScript, Bootstrap and CSS (or similar skills) Microsoft Team Foundation Server (or other version control systems) NUnit (or other unit testing frameworks) Microsoft SQL Server T-SQL (or other SQL querying language) Degree-educated (preferable)however exceptions can be made for candidates with strong technical skills
          THE EVER MORE BORING CREATION OF WEALTH:      Cache   Translate Page      
We're Living in What May Be the Most Boring Bull Market Ever: In an age of index funds and private companies, even a boom can feel blah. (Chris Nagi, September 13, 2018, Businessweek)

Cheered by what's become by some measures the longest bull market on record, U.S. investors have plowed money into U.S. stock exchange-traded funds at a rate of almost $12 billion a month since the start of 2017, five times as much as seven years ago. There are signs of stress--like the recent sell-off in Asia--but so far they appear in U.S. investors' peripheral vision. Anyone buying stock in an American company right now must be comfortable paying two or three times annual sales per share, a level of shareholder generosity that hasn't been seen since the dying throes of the dot-com bubble. [...]


[T]his isn't like the boom of the late 1990s. Rarely do companies have initial public offerings where their stocks double on the first day of trading. The tip-dispensing cabbies of the bubble era are driving Ubers now, and any money they have to invest is going into ETFs, not individual stocks.

That's what it's like now: a market with fewer human voices, where the hum of computers is the background music to math projects with names like smart beta and risk parity. It's a land ruled by giants. Three, to be exact--Vanguard, State Street, and BlackRock, which manage 80 percent of the $2.8 trillion invested in U.S. stock ETFs. IPOs, once the life of the market party, have turned into inconveniences in a world dominated by passive funds, occasions for reordering delicately balanced indexes.

The entire boom feels the same for people, because it has been steady and sustained--since TARP saved it--rather than spectacular.  

          Apple Inc. (NASDAQ:AAPL) dropped over 1 per cent after it launched bigger phones but stuck to smaller changes      Cache   Translate Page      

Apple Inc. (NASDAQ:AAPL) dropped over 1 per cent after it launched bigger phones but stuck to smaller changes Share prices of Apple, the first $1 trillion publicly listed US company, dropped over 1 per cent to $221.20 today after it launched new bigger phones, but stuck to smaller changes. Apple unveiled the XS, with a […]

The post Apple Inc. (NASDAQ:AAPL) dropped over 1 per cent after it launched bigger phones but stuck to smaller changes appeared first on Live Trading News.


          ICCE to spotlight Saudi contracting sector      Cache   Translate Page      
article author: 
Thu, 2018-09-13 03:36

A new exhibition and conference dedicated to Saudi Arabia’s contracting sector is launching in Riyadh next week, where government authorities, regulators, and key industry players will join forces to develop the Kingdom’s $1.4 trillion construction market. 

The 1st International Contracting Conference and Exhibition (ICCE), will take place from Sept. 16-17 at the Riyadh International and Convention and Exhibition Center.

Main category: 

          Sharpening Our Pitchforks: How to Decrease the Income Inequality Gap      Cache   Translate Page      
What is a billion? What is a trillion? If you have an intuitive grasp of math, you may have a fairly good sense of what those numbers mean. For the rest of us, including myself, the scale of numbers at this level can be difficult to comprehend. Another way of talking about a billion is […]
          Fossil Fuel Divestment Funds Rise to $6 Trillion       Cache   Translate Page      

The funds committed to fossil fuel divestment now total more than $6tn (£4.6tn), with almost 1,000 institutional investors having made the pledge, according to a new report. The sell-off of coal, oil ...
          Why President Trump Is a Threat to GOP Senate Prospects      Cache   Translate Page      
As Air Force One sped from Billings, Mont., to Fargo, N.D., on Sept. 7, President Donald Trump dipped into the press cabin to casually announce that he was prepared to slap another quarter-trillion dollars in tariffs on Chinese goods. “There’s another $267 billion ready to go on short notice, if I want,” Trump declared. Back…
          Chinese e-com market hit $4 trillion in 2017      Cache   Translate Page      
none
          4 Trends Giving CISOs Sleepless Nights      Cache   Translate Page      

IoT attacks, budget shortfalls, and the skills gap are among the problems keeping security pros up at night.

The world of cybersecurity gets more intriguing every year. In 2017, security professionals saw their share of attacks, but the increasing sophistication of the skirmishes is notable ― with almost machine-like weaponization of code on the attackers' side and an increasing alliance with the forces of machine learning and artificial intelligence on the defenders' side.

As we continue through 2018, figures remain similar to last year's. While the security industry struggles to fill more than a million jobs, attackers ― including sophisticated criminal organizations and nation-states ― have more than enough talent to continue their efforts.

We're seeing changes in the nature of cyberattacks arising from the continuing "digital transformation" going on in all markets. As companies make their devices intelligent, and as more consumers welcome intelligent devices and digital assistants into their homes, attack vectors are multiplying and bad actors are finding new ways to exploit those platforms.

Here are some of the trends affecting security pros in 2018:

1. Attacks involving IoT are increasing, resulting in a call for increased IT security budgets.

The Internet of Things (IoT) is the next great frontier in the business world, and it's making its way into people's homes as well, in the form of smart thermostats, refrigerators, and even complete home control systems. IoT is a high-growth industry that is looking to cross the $1 trillion mark sooner than later.

For hackers, all those connected "things" represent a vast source of new code to exploit. IoT devices are a tantalizing backdoor to gain entry and reach more powerful systems with critical information. For example, earlier this year Kaspersky Lab releasedresults from a study exposing the risk when Bluetooth devices don't require basic security protocols such as authentication and authorization of encrypted tokens and coordinates. Hackers could exploit these vulnerabilities to take the devices over, spread malware, and gain access to critical data or physical entry to homes and buildings ― and could even do so wirelessly.

At a fundamental level, consumers and companies are at risk of having financial information stolen. Attacks on critical infrastructure such as transit centers or dams can be even more costly or even life-threatening.

This makes securing an IT environment more complicated as companies must consider not just the connected devices and products themselves, but sensors, firmware, applications, application programming interfaces (APIs), networks, and databases. With that in mind, device-makers need to ensure their engineers and developers understand the various security vulnerabilities in the IoT devices they’re putting on the market. This challenge is a central focus for security orgs in the coming months ― and until the industry really gets a handle on this, there will be breaches.

2. The security skill-set gap continues to widen due to talent scarcity, leading more companies to adopt AI and machine learning technology to detect and manage attacks.

Like everyone else in IT, security organizations have to search for efficiencies. Throughout 2018, we're continuing to expect much of those efforts to come from either outsourced services or machines.

As the industry scrambles to solve the talent shortage, one strategy is to automate as much as possible. In doing so, companies would be wise to pay attention to the respective strengths of humans (creativity) and machines (consistency), and build both into their strategies.

Through 2018 and beyond, good security practices will seek to automate functions that are based purely on large sets of data, and bring in more people with diverse opinions, perspectives, and backgrounds to perform the lateral, out-of-the-box thinking that's necessary to combat today's sophisticated adversaries.

3. Security orgs are prioritizing risk-reducing solutions and consumption-based services in an attempt to relieve sagging budgets.

It's not just talent that the security industry is struggling to find enough of, it's also dollars. In response, CISOs are having toget inventive. One of the top emerging trends we're seeing in 2018 is the continued maturation of security-as-a-service models. It's not just web application firewall and DDoS mitigation, but also ID- and access-as-a-service, compliance-as-a-service, encryption, and more.

These tactics provide some cost predictability and make it easy to determine total cost of ownership. But there's a limit to how much can be done in this manner, and companies will always need to consider the risks unique to their industry and way of operating.

In addition, we're seeing the security industry taking on other efficiency-improving efforts, such as the adoption of modern infrastructure as code or " NoOps " capabilities normally found in advanced cloud-based development environments. This has become possible because of the availability of APIs in standard security software and gear, and the rise of security automation tools, including Phantom and Demisto. When four lines of code can replace 40 manual entries in a management user interface, the opportunity and the appeal are hard to ignore.

4. More enterprises are relying on CISOs to devise strategies and set provisions for security requirements that abide by GDPR standards.

The EU's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) recently kicked into gear, and noncompliance carries the potential for significant penalties. Globally, organizations have been actively assessing the impact of GDPR on their business and data privacy and management operations. Any organization doing business in the EU or processing personally identifiable information from EU residents has needed to deploy additional processes, policies, and technologies to avoid significant fines.

CISOs are accountable for data security and must provide confidence to executives, auditors, and regulators that personal information is secure. This means maintaining (or achieving) full visibility into where data resides and determining if proper controls are in place.

Longer term, expect similar regulations to arise in other regions as GDPR becomes a prototype for a new class of privacy regulations worldwide.

Related Content: 10 Lessons From an IoT Demo Lab The Role of Incident Response in ICS Security Compliance Automation Exacerbates Cybersecurity Skills Gap There's No Automating Your Way Out of Security Hiring Woes
4 Trends Giving CISOs Sleepless Nights
Black Hat Europe returns to London Dec. 3-6, 2018, with hands-on technical Trainings, cutting-edge Briefings, Arsenal open-source tool demonstrations, top-tier security solutions, and service providers in the Busin
          Apple's Expensive New iPhones Will Help Lead the Charge to $2 Trillion Valuation      Cache   Translate Page      

Click to view a price quote on UPS.

Click to research the Transportation industry.

          9/13/2018: ECONOMY & BUSINESS: Apple unveils largest and most expensive iPhone yet      Cache   Translate Page      

Apple on Wednesday unveiled some big iPhone news — literally. The trillion-dollar company introduced three large-screened iPhones at its annual fall product event, hosted at its headquarters in Cupertino, Calif. The recordsetting price of the largest...
          HOW DANGEROUS IS THE CORPORATE DEBT / KNOWLEDGE@WHARTON      Cache   Translate Page      

How Dangerous Is the Corporate Debt Bubble?

Former investment banker and author William D. Cohan and Jyoti Thottam, opinion editor for business and economics at The New York Times, talk about the looming corporate debt bubble.

debt bubble


Investors often focus on stock prices to take the temperature of an economy’s health. If share prices are high and rising, they feel upbeat. If price levels sink low, so does investor confidence.

Still, as the 10th anniversary of the Great Recession of 2008 draws nearer, some experts are beginning to worry that a looming bubble in corporate debt poses a danger. “The … domestic debt market – at $41 trillion for the bond market alone – reveals more about our nation’s financial health,” wrote William D. Cohan, a former investment banker, in an op ed in The New York Times earlier this month.

Cohan, author of the recent book, Why Wall Street Matters, believes that the bond market is broadcasting a dangerous message. How serious is this risk? Could the puncturing of the corporate debt bubble spark another recession? What are the dangers of mispriced risk? Cohan joined Jyoti Thottam, opinion editor for business and economics at The New York Times, to speak about these questions and more on the Knowledge@Wharton show on Sirius XM channel 132. (Listen to the complete podcast at the top of this page.)

An edited transcript of the conversation follows.


Knowledge@Wharton: Why do you think it is important to talk about the corporate debt bubble, when everything we see reported about the markets and the economy is portrayed in positive terms?

William Cohan: When everything looks great, we tend to overlook all sorts of crumbs along the trails to trouble, thinking that everything will continue to be great. The stock market is great.

The bond market is great. The economy is booming. The unemployment rate is low. Our President tweets about how great everything is. But if you look underneath the surface, you will see trouble brewing, especially in the bond market. There are a lot of hidden risks.

A lot of the past financial crises and recessions have started in the credit markets because they freeze up. Credit is the lifeblood of our economy and if companies can’t get it, if municipalities can’t get it, if individuals can’t get credit, then they can’t power the economy. People in the bond market think it is safe because there is an obligation on the other side to repay their money. That obligation is there. But people forget that it can be very risky as well. That is why I felt the need to remind them that it can be risky and to show them the crumbs that I am seeing on the pathway.

Knowledge@Wharton: Jyoti, why did you think this was such an important topic?

Jyoti Thottam: One of the things that we wanted to do was to be mindful of what happened in the last financial crisis. There was a sense that there were many warning signs, red flags waving, that people somehow missed. We are on the lookout for those kinds of signs.

Knowledge@Wharton: Given the cycle of issues that we see in the financial sector, could we be facing another significant economic downturn, maybe not today or next month, but in the next 12 or 18 months?

Cohan: Financial crises are part of the human condition. It doesn’t take Wall Street to bring about financial crises; it is part of human nature. I think that America was founded in the midst of a financial crisis, because the federal government couldn’t pay back the debt that it took on to have the Revolutionary War.

As I walk through in Why Wall Street Matters, there’s been a financial crisis pretty much every 20 years in this country since it started. Some are more severe than others, and sometimes there are long periods where there is no financial crisis, especially after regulations tightened considerably after the Great Depression. It was quiescent in the financial markets until the mid-80s. But as a result of investment banks and banks going public and substituting other people’s money for partners’ capital, bankers and traders have been rewarded to take big risks with other people’s money. This has exacerbated financial crises in the last 40 years. They have been getting deeper and more severe.

Thottam: Ben Bernanke [former chairman of the Federal Reserve] was a student of depressions and recessions and what to do after that. He, and everyone else around him, came up with this somewhat novel policy, quantitative easing (QE), which in retrospect perhaps was the right thing to do. One of the things that I felt Bill did really well in his piece was to lay out that we had QE, at some point it had to be unwound, and after so many years of super low interest rates, what is the effect of that? We don’t know. We are going to see that right now.

Cohan: There are a lot of experts who worry about this. Jamie Dimon, the CEO of JP Morgan Chase, is worried about it. James Grant, who is the guru of the bond market at Grant’s Interest Rates Observer, writes about this repeatedly. Jeffrey Gundlach, who runs one of the biggest bond funds on the planet, has worried about this continuously and talked about it.

Knowledge@Wharton: How big a role would the corporate debt bubble play if we were to get into a recession in the next several years?

Cohan: It is hard to know. One never knows what the catalyst is going to be for the next financial crisis. We know that there have been catalysts in the past. But the truth is nobody rings a bell at the top of the market and says, “That’s it. It’s over. It’s been fun, guys. It’s all downhill from here.”

When I was a banker 27 years ago, the management of United Airlines (UAL) was trying to take it private in what was then one of the largest management buyouts of all time. They had got the commitment letter from Citibank to finance that deal. But suddenly Citibank went back to the management and said, we can’t finance this deal, the market is not there for this buyout. This was in 1991, four years after the stock market crash of 1987. It became a huge problem and shut down the credit markets for the next two or three years. The fact that the UAL buyout could not be financed in the market was the signal that the party was over, and that we were now heading into a severe credit crunch.

Anything could be a catalyst. Maybe Tesla trying to go private will be a catalyst for this market shutting down. And that is when real trouble happens. Because people who had nothing to do with it, with the excess, can’t get access to capital.
Knowledge@Wharton: Why do you think the markets have an issue with mis-pricing risk at this point?


Cohan: This goes back to the experiment that Ben Bernanke, the Fed chairman, put in place after the financial crisis in 2008 for the next eight years — the quantitative easing program — which expanded the Fed’s balance sheet from around $900 billion to $4.5 trillion dollars. It was then buying up all kinds of debt securities, from safe treasuries to mortgage-backed securities that were on the balance sheets of these banks. As a result of the combination of wanting to keep short-term interest rates low, and then buying up all of these bonds in the market which forced their prices up, the yields were forced down because bond prices trade in inverse proportion to their yield. The yields of bonds were near zero. Investors, of course, don’t want low yields. They want to find debt instruments that pay them higher and higher yields. So they would bid up the price of other high yielding securities, drive down their yield, and the cycle just continued. You have this continuous eight-year period of mis-pricing risk. That is where I think we are now.

Thottam: It is still unclear if this is going to be bad just for individual companies. Once the pendulum swings the other way, will it be just a handful of individual companies that go bust without affecting the rest of the market? [It is the] same thing with individual countries that may have taken on too much dollar-denominated debt. Is it just those countries, or are they connected? It is very difficult to know at this stage.

Knowledge@Wharton: Quantitative easing helped the banks. But for a lot of smaller businesses, why didn’t it give them a bigger boost to be able to get loans, or for home buyers to get mortgages?

Cohan: Well, because the pendulum swings on the credit underwriting front. Banks go from seeming to have virtually no standards — if you breathe you can get a mortgage, if you breathe you can get a line of credit — to disaster striking, as happened in 2008. And then the credit pendulum swings back the other way. Only the most credit worthy companies, the single A, the double A, the triple A companies can get access to capital, or the private equity funds, or the hedge funds. They can get all of the capital they need. But individual home owners or people who want to buy a home, can’t get [loans]. Small and medium sized businesses which drive so much job creation in this country were basically choked off from the credit markets after the financial crisis. They may still not able to get the capital they need. Home owners may still not be able to get the mortgages to buy homes unless they put down some large percentage in equity.

So you’ve got lots of things going on underneath the surface at the same time. I think the biggest risk is the desire by investors around the world for higher and higher yields. This has forced them to mis-price the bonds that they are buying, the debt that they are buying, the loans that they are buying. They are not getting adequately compensated for the risks that they are taking. And they are willing to forgo all sorts of covenants and other protections.
Knowledge@Wharton: Jyoti, you use the example in the piece that you did on Asurion [technology solutions company], and those covenant light loans, as you called them.

Thottam: That’s right. That was one of the things that really resonated with me. People remember what the mortgage market was like in 2006, 2007 and the loosening of credit standards in the mortgage market in 2008. You see a similar thing now in the corporate debt market.

Cohan: It is not just one isolated industry or a group of companies. This is happening throughout the corporate loan and bond market. A lot of these loans are made by the big banks, but then they are repackaged into securities, and that potential trouble is exported as investments all around the world. That is what happened with mortgage-backed securities in 2005, 2006 and 2007 leading up to the crisis. Something similar, I fear, is happening now. You can’t mis-price risk for eight years and expect no consequences.

Knowledge@Wharton: What about what we are seeing in Turkey right now?

Thottam: You can see it’s that chasing of yield that has been going on in the last few years. Investors are looking for higher yields, not just in the United States, but all around the world. Even if you didn’t have the political conflict between Turkey and the U.S., the underlying problems, the economic problems, were there.

Cohan: Bernanke’s idea of quantitative easing worked well to get our banks back to being healthy and our economy rolling again. And so, central bankers around the world copied what Bernanke did. It is not just mis-pricing of risk that has happened in this country, it has happened with debt securities all around the world.

Knowledge@Wharton: How similar are some of these elements that we are seeing now to what we saw pre-2008?

Thottam: Some of them are similar. For example, the manner in which big pension funds are invested in some of these securities is similar to how they were exposed to mortgage-backed securities in 2008.

Cohan: The biggest investors in the bond markets are mutual funds and pension funds — firefighter pensions, police pensions, teacher pensions, ordinary Americans who probably don’t understand the risks of buying into these risky bonds. One example is the bonds of Toys R Us, which was the biggest toy retailer that KKR [investment firm Kohlberg Kravis Roberts] had taken private. They were trading at near par, nearly 100 cents on the dollar until KKR announced last year that the company was going to go bankrupt. The bonds have lost 95% of their value. That is money that is not coming back. It can’t be recovered.

Knowledge@Wharton: What do you think needs to be done at this point with some of these scenarios?

Thottam: As Bill points out, at the end of the day the people who are putting these deals together are getting paid. So until you change people’s incentives, things are not going to change. In some cases, companies are taking on debt, not to build a new factory or invest in new technology, but to pay fees to their private equity owners. That is not a very productive use of capital. That is something that we have to take a hard look at.

Cohan: Changing what you reward people on Wall Street to do requires great courage, which doesn’t seem to be in the offing. But credit committees exist in all of these firms, and they could definitely tighten up their credit standards.
          PARADISE LOST: HOW TOURISTS ARE DESTROYING THE PLACES THEY LOVE / DER SPIEGEL      Cache   Translate Page      

Paradise Lost

How Tourists Are Destroying the Places They Love

Travel is no longer a luxury good. Airlines like Ryanair and EasyJet have contributed to a form of mass tourism that has made local residents feel like foreigners in cities like Barcelona and Rome. The infrastructure is buckling under the pressure. By DER SPIEGEL Staff

Photo Gallery: Is Tourism Ruining Europe's Cities?

It doesn't take long before the woman at the hotel reception pulls out a city map of Porto. Look, she says, there's the Old Town and the Douro, there's the harbor and here, by the way, the pride evident in her voice, is the world's most beautiful bookshop: Livraria Lello.

It sounds fantastic and the place looks even more amazing in the photos. It's located in a two-story, neo-Gothic building with lots of dark wood, an abundance of old books, ornamentation and stained glass, and a curved staircase right in the middle. It was opened in 1906, a cathedral of books, a dream for voracious bookworms from all over the world. When traveling, we often look more for the beauty of the past than that of the present. We may even buy a book for vacation reading, to while away evenings on the Atlantic coast. It has been said that J.K. Rowling often visited the Livraria when she lived in Porto at the beginning of the 1990s, a time when she taught English and began dreaming up the Harry Potter series.

Porto is not a big city -- with just over 200,000 inhabitants, the Old Town is easily manageable. The first thing you notice when approaching the Livraria Lello is the long line in front of it. Young Japanese travelers, Scandinavian backpackers, families from France, couples from China, Americans and Germans.

An imposing bouncer stands at the door of the bookshop. To get in, you must first purchase a five-euro ticket bearing the visage of Fernando Pessoa, Portugal's most famous poet, in the shop next door. There, too, visitors must wait in line, with crowd-control barriers set up just like at the airport check-in desk. Those waiting in line are guided past shelves full of souvenirs, postcards and keychains. The standard tourist bric-à-brac.

The bookstore is every bit is as beautiful as the one in the photos, even if it's not much of a bookstore these days. No one browses through the merchandise here. They all seem to be taking pictures with their smartphones -- photos that look exactly like the more than 7,000 images already posted on TripAdvisor, the world's largest travel website, where Livraria is listed as one of the city's top sightseeing attractions.

Just like the rest of the country, Livraria Lello stood on the verge of bankruptcy four years ago as a result of the financial crisis. But even then, the bookshop had no lack of visitors. The problem was that people were buying fewer and fewer books. Someone suggested the store ought to start charging an admission fee of five euros. It may have sounded crazy at the time, but 4,000 people now visit Livraria each day while during the summer, the number of daily visitors swells to 5,000. The store had 1.2 million visitors in 2017 and revenues of over 7 million euros.

If the thought of buying a book does cross a visitor's mind, and there are many tomes to be found here -- from translations of classics of Portuguese literature to, of course, the Harry Potter series -- the ticket serves as a credit toward that purchase. It is rumoured that Livraria Lello served as the inspiration for Flourish & Blotts, the bookstore where Harry Potter buys his magic books. But Livraria ultimately feels more like a museum or a theater backdrop than a real place.

Predatory Modern Tourism

More than anything, in fact, it has become a symbol for the predatory nature of modern-day tourism -- a style of travel that is devouring all the beautiful places which drives it.

For residents of Porto, however, the bookstore has a different story to tell. It is one of economic upswing in a country that was in the throes of crisis not all that long ago. Indeed, Portugal owes its recovery in part to double-digit growth in tourism, including in the areas in the once impoverished north around Porto. Ryanair and EasyJet have been flying to the city for years, and it has long been regarded as the new in-spot for city-escape tourism. Last year, around 2.5 million foreign tourists visited the region, and half of them visited Livraria Lello. Porto still hasn't become as overrun as places like Barcelona or Amsterdam, cities where locals have begun defending themselves against the hordes of tourists who seem to be taking over. But a divide has developed in Porto -- between the tourist city and the city for locals. One can't help but wonder when a local last visited Livraria Lello. Do Porto residents also have to stand in line and pay five euros?

There were times when the hotels lining the beaches in Benidorm, in Arenal on Mallorca and along the Adriatic Sea in Italy, were symbols of the ugliness of modern mass tourism. In retrospect, though, that era seems almost quiet. Benidorm and Arenal are cities that were created so that Europeans would have a place lie on the beach in summer. They are artificial resorts and not very nice, but they do serve a purpose: as factories for mass tourism that could just as easily be removed should the need arise.

Today, these tourist reserves no longer fill the demand. The crowds of sun-seekers have grown so large on the beaches of Southern Europe, that some small bays on Mallorca should actually be closed due to overcrowding. Even along the North and Baltic seas in Germany, hotels and pensions are fully booked out in places like Sylt and Rügen.

Yet beach holidaymakers now comprise just under half of modern tourism in Europe, while the other half are cruise and city-escape travelers. For years, it's been tourists rather than local residents who have been shaping the image of some of Europe's most beautiful and unique cities. They are being transformed into museums and theme parks and are developing special zones for tourists where locals may work, but certainly don't live. Tourists sit in traditional restaurants devoid of locals as they watch other tourists. They are no longer places where people come together, but where divides seem to deepen. At times, it really does feel like a tourist invasion. They come, they stay briefly and then they are gone again, but they act as though they own the cities they visit.

The virtue of hospitality "which one wants to invoke is destroyed by making use of it," German writer Hans Magnus Enzensberger wrote back in 1958 in his widely cited treatise on mass tourism. At the time, mass tourism as we know it today hadn't even been invented yet, and traveling was still the privilege of the well-to-do. At most, those who could afford it would drive their modest VW Beetles from Germany over the Brenner Pass to Italy. For most people, a visit to Venice or Rome was something they could only dream about.

Modern-day tourism has very little in common with that dream. An ever-growing fleet of budget airlines transports millions of people to the world's beaches and sights, long-distance buses offer trips at ridiculously low prices, and cruise ships dump thousands of passengers into the ports, with as many as five vessels a day docking in Palma de Mallorca, Barcelona and Dubrovnik, pumping additional hordes into city centers that are already hopelessly overcrowded. Once there, they eternalize their memories of the sights they see in the form of selfies. After that, it's on to the next hot spot.

Travel has gone from being a luxury product to an everyday good, with the boom in discount travel and the internet opening an increasing number of new markets. If you want to spend a few days in Palma, Barcelona or on the beach, it only takes a few clicks to find the right flight and accommodation. Often at a bargain-basement price.

But the infrastructure is no longer up to the task of handling the onslaught of travelers -- and this is true in Germany as it is elsewhere. During this hot summer, chaos descended on Germany's airports, with crowds of people jostling in front of monitors as flight cancellations rose by 146 percent in the first half of the year and the number of delays by 31 percent. In Munich and Frankfurt, air traffic even collapsed entirely within a few days of each other after passengers walked through security without being properly screened. And the situation at Berlin's airports has become a national embarrassment.

'Tourist Go Home'

With overloaded infrastructure and overcrowded cities and beaches, the travel industry seems to be choking on its own success. An estimated 670 million people traveled in Europe last year and it is likely that this summer alone, the Continent hosted 200 million tourists.

It's not just Europeans exploring each others' countries. The boom is also fueled by people from countries that have benefited handsomely from globalization. Much of the responsibility for the growth in global tourism lies with members of the newly emerging middle classes in Russia and with people from the Far East and Arab countries.

They also bear a significant share of the responsibility for the growing problems. The boom, after all, is also producing losers, and many of them have begun revolting, as recently seen in the pilot strikes at European budget carrier Ryanair, whose poor working conditions and low wages are what make the airline's low-cost strategy possible in the first place.

But residents of the cities and regions affected are perhaps the biggest losers. When, for example, it becomes more lucrative for property owners to rent their apartments out to tourists on a daily or weekly basis than to locals who need an affordable place to live. Or when commuters have to squeeze into overcrowded public transportation because local buses and trains have been filled to capacity by tourists. Or when people no longer feel comfortable in their neighborhood because they have become a minority in the cafés and restaurants they traditionally frequented. That is, assuming they can get in at all or afford the new prices.

The tourism industry suddenly finds itself confronted by a group that it hadn't previously paid much attention to. Having always focused on the guests, it tended to overlook the hosts. "Tourism is a phenomenon that creates many private profits but also many socialized losses," says Christian Laesser, a tourism professor at the University of St. Gallen in Switzerland.

Often, the profits benefit very few -- the landlords and hotel owners primarily, but also, to a much lesser extent, the often poorly paid employees working in the travel sector. The rest are stuck with the noise and the mess, the high rents and the feeling of being a stranger in their own country, like being an extra in some Disney World for tourists.

In many places, that feeling has begun manifesting itself in expressions of open hostility. Activists spray paint "tourists go home" on the walls in many places overflowing with tourists, and in Mallorca, they even proclaimed a "summer of action," with protests against travelers at the airport and in hotels. In Palma, activists have thrown horse droppings at tourists. In Barcelona they have pushed people from bicycles and harassed them in cafés. In Venice, self-proclaimed pirates have taken the dramatic step of blocking cruise ships from entering the port.

The notion that tourists are foreign invaders who represent some kind of threat to the local population's cultural identity broadly echoes the way refugees are viewed in large parts of Europe. But whereas hardship has driven the refugees from their homelands, the tourists are seeking to escape the boredom of everyday life.

Barcelona has experience with both of these globalization-driven migratory movements, but the protests there have only been directed at the tourists and not refugees. Last year, 150,000 protesters even called on the government to allow more refugees into the country. "Immigration has changed the city, but tourism is destabilizing it," Britain's Guardian newspaper wrote in June, describing the mood in the city.

'Overtourism'

The travel industry has begun recognizing that its own success is increasingly undermining the foundation of its business model. "Overtourism" is the buzzword currently dominating industry conferences. Discussions are taking place about how tourist flows can be directed such that they will no longer be perceived as a threat.

But is that possible wiht the numbers of tourists continuing to rise? In the emerging countries of Asia, umpteen millions of people are ascending into the new middle class each year, meaning they can suddenly afford to travel to exotic destinations. And they do. According to industry estimates, the number of tourists globally is expected to increase by 500 million by 2030, with the Chinese making up roughly half of that growth. And many of them will want to visit Europe and its sights -- events like the lavender blossom in Provence.

It must have been during the summer of 2008, Jean-Paul Angelvin recalls. That's when a film team from China rang and asked if they could take a few shots in his lavender fields. "They filmed a young couple, and, after a few hours, they were finished. I didn't think much about it at the time," says Angelvin, an elderly gentleman wearing gray shorts and beige compression stockings. Angelvin and his family have been cultivating lavender in Provence for close to 40 years, at an elevation of 580 meters on a plateau in Valensole.

Angelvin has gone through some hard times, like when prices hit rock bottom during the 1990s. But demand picked up again, and during the lavender blossom in June and July, the small boutique the family established also managed to produce a bit of profit.

Then summer 2012 arrived and Angelvin's shop turned into a gold mine. A growing number of tour buses began stopping in front of his boutique -- buses filled with Chinese tourists. They wanted to perform exact recreations of the scenes they knew from the popular (and cheesy) Chinese TV series "Dreams Behind a Crystal Curtain." They were the shots that had been filmed four years earlier in Angelvin's lavender fields. "Never in my life did I think this shoot would have triggered such a wave," the lavender farmer says. Jean-Frédéric Gonthier of the regional tourism association estimates that 3,000 Chinese visitors came the first summer after the start of series production. Today, he estimates, there are around 60,000 Chinese visitors each season.

"To create something out of the boom other than just suffering, we have to understand the Chinese," says Gonthier. To address the need, he trained Chinese-speaking guides and also hired two people to answer questions about the region on the Chinese messaging service WeChat. Gonthier is hoping these efforts can help to change the vacationing patterns of the Chinese and motivate them to stay longer in the region rather than just rushing through.

Lavender farmer Angelvin also grasped what was happening and was quick to react. During the lavender season, he hires temporary Chinese-speaking staff. One kilometer further down the road, Pauline Jaubert expanded her lavender boutique Terraroma for the second time this spring. "We have adapted," says Jaubert, who now offers T-shirts, cookies and aprons in addition to lavender oil and soap. The Jauberts have a small restaurant on the top floor that offers Asian noodle dishes during the high season.

The farmers have become tourism professionals. Revenues at the larger lavender boutiques on the plateau are estimated to be several hundred thousand euros a year. Indeed, Angelvin's shop generates more income in good years than the lavender harvest itself.

Not everyone, though, views the guests from China as a "classic win-win situation," as Gonthier from the tourist office calls it. Jean-Jacques Valone says that a photo in the field does little in terms of cultural exchange. Valone is also a lavender farmer, but he doesn't have a boutique. "They are mostly just a bother to me," he says. "They litter the fields with paper and cut stems of lavender." Besides, the region doesn't really benefit financially when people just rush through and, at most, order a pizza and split it among four people, he says.

As might be expected, Gonthier takes a more positive view. He points out that the Chinese approach to tourism is also changing and that an increasing number of younger travelers from China are avoiding mass tourism and are instead traveling on their own and sometimes even staying overnight. Such travelers, he says, "no longer hunt desperately for a Chinese restaurant. Instead they try Provençal dishes." He sounds a bit like he's just discovered a rich vein of gold he hopes to be able to mine for some time to come. A strategy paper notes that the manner in which the tourists are welcomed and treated is vital and must be done in a "Chinese-friendly" way.  
Travel Has Become Almost a Human Right



There are many reasons a place attracts tourists -- it might be the sun, the beach or the sights. Or perhaps just lavender and a Chinese television series. But why would someone who lives in faraway Riyadh, Abu Dhabi or Doha come to an Austrian village of just 10,000 inhabitants?

In a word: the weather. In summer, the maximum temperatures in Zell am See, a lakeside town in the Alps of western Austria, are usually just over 20 degrees Celsius (68 degrees Fahrenheit). In Riyadh, temperatures can often be over 40 degrees. Pleasant temperatures, water for swimming and snow in the mountains are all draws for tourists. And who wouldn't prefer to cool off rather than sizzle?

In the city center, some restaurants have adapted by focusing more on these guests, offering menus in Arabic, pita bread and halal meat. Down at the lake, on the esplanade behind the Grand Hotel, crowds of largely Arabic tourists sit, enjoying their holiday.

Nadine Scharfenort is a geographer at the University of Passau in Germany. She has just completed a postdoctoral thesis called "The Conflict Potential of Arabic Tourism in Zell am See-Kaprun." Scharfenort says that local residents are highly ambivalent about the presence of these tourists. Some are open-minded, stressing the positive aspects, like the fact that these tourists don't drink alcohol. But others are bothered by headscarves and have general reservations about Arabs.

In the evening, as dusk settles over the lake, it starts to rain. The European tourists rush under the canopies and awnings of the adjacent hotels and restaurants. In front of the Grand Hotel, though, two small girls merrily jump into the puddles. For them, the rain is a highlight of their holiday.

The travel industry is probably the most important economic sector in the world. It's far larger than the oil industry or the automotive industry and has an estimated turnover of 7 trillion euros a year, about 10 percent of global economic output. In addition to direct revenues, this staggering sum also includes related business sectors such as the hotel trade or the transport industry with all its aircraft, cruise ships and buses. It also includes souvenir shops and travel agencies.

In Spain, popular among holiday-makers, the travel industry accounts for fully 14.9 percent of the country's gross domestic product. And in many nations -- Greece, Portugal, Spain, France and the Czech Republic, for example -- the number of people entering the country exceeds the number of inhabitants. This creates jobs and modest prosperity, but it also establishes a certain dependency, which can also be dangerous if, as seen in Turkey and Egypt in recent years, there is a sudden massive plunge in the number of travelers.

Tourists, though, have begun returning to both countries. After all, when it comes to vacation, we tend to ignore potential terrorist threats or human rights violations -- as long as the price is right and the weather is nice.

Cheap, Cheaper, Cheapest

Affordability is the main thing -- and travel has indeed gotten much cheaper thanks to the internet. Travel portals like Expedia, Trivago and Booking.com have edged out established travel agencies and even pose a threat to major European travel companies like TUI or Thomas Cook, which previously dominated the package travel market. Such websites constantly offer flights and overnight stays at bargain prices.

In contrast to holiday providers from the era of package tours featured in catalogs, these digital competitors don't operate their own hotels and they don't own airplanes, cruise ships, travel agencies or other things with expensive overhead costs. Their money is earned solely by brokering services provided by others. They can literally control prices in real time on their platforms and they constantly optimize their algorithms to generate revenues. They collect targeted data on customer preferences and are now even able to create tailor-made offerings on the fly.

This system, of course, wouldn't work without budget airlines, and without the internet, airlines such as Ryanair or EasyJet would not have become what they are today: the powerful drivers of the current tourism boom. Thirty years ago, they didn't even exist yet. Back then, Europe was still strictly regulated, with specific rules on which airline was allowed to fly to what destination. Each country had its own airline, and national airlines weren't allowed to service domestic routes in other European countries. Usually, there were also limits on the number of seats that could be offered on cross-border flights. The regulations were in place to protect the respective national airlines that were, almost without exception, state-owned.

Air traffic in Europe only gradually began opening up in 1987. Irish budget pioneer Ryanair, in particular, benefited from market liberalization, because it made excessive use of the new freedoms in air transportation. And because it was more consistent -- and brutal -- than any other company when it came to low costs. Budget carriers in Germany and Europe have a 30-percent market share today, a figure that is still growing.

Thanks to low ticket prices, travel has almost become a universal right, just like buying cheap T-shirts or shopping at a discount supermarket like Aldi or Lidl. This has also meant that a weekend trip to Berlin or Barcelona was suddenly seen as a viable alternative to an excursion to the local lake -- with dramatic consequences for the places and cities that were being visited. Barcelona, for example, has gone from being an insider tip to a mass destination, and budget airlines now have a market share of almost 70 percent in the city. At Berlin's Schönefeld Airport, budget carriers are responsible for almost 90 percent of all arrivals and departures. In the past 10 years alone, the number of passengers at the airport has more than doubled, from around six million to almost 13 million travelers.

This has helped transform the German capital city into one of the most popular destinations for overnight stays in Europe after London and Paris. During the evenings and on weekends, hundreds of young people from all over Europe can be seen partying across Berlin's central Mitte district. Although they don't leave a lot of money behind when they leave the city, they do leave tons of trash and empty beer and liquor bottles.

For years it looked as if the two systems, traditional hub-and-spoke airlines and budget airlines, could continue to grow side by side uninhibited. But this summer, the model seemed to hit its limits for the first time. Flight cancellations, delays and re-bookings have become the order of the day. According to the International Air Transportation Association (IATA), delays in air traffic in Europe alone increased by 133 percent during the first half of the year. Some airports, such as those in Frankfurt, Düsseldorf and Berlin, are now asking travelers to arrive at the airport up to three hours before takeoff so that they can cope with the masses.

The chaos at the airports began with Air Berlin's bankruptcy last year. Lufthansa subsidiary Eurowings, but also some of its competitors, secured some of the route rights without having the corresponding aircraft and crews. Demand also rose more strongly than expected. While just under 104 million guests took off from German airports in 2014, this figure had risen to over 117 million by 2017. Foreign passengers are also increasingly using German airports to catch their flights or as hubs for connecting flights.

The already heavily loaded system isn't designed for such a boom. And it's unlikely that the situation will change anytime soon. European air traffic controller Eurocontrol even expects the number of flights departing up to two hours late to increase sevenfold by 2040.

The rising stress associated with travel, however, is not enough to deter tourists. Sociologist Paolo Giuntarelli thinks he knows why: "Mass tourism is a phenomenon of our post-materialistic society. Possessions are no longer a priority -- we just want to be entertained," he says.

A City Overrun

Giuntarelli is the head of tourism for the Lazio region, with offices located in the capital city of Rome. He's here to hold down the fort, with many Romans having fled to the countryside in the height of the summer. It is too hot for them in the city.

But the high temperatures don't appear to have deterred visitors to Rome.

There are weeks when the Italian capital is literally overrun -- like at the end of July, when 60,000 altar boys and girls from all over Europe invaded the city, including 50,000 from Germany. The motto of the pilgrimage was: "Seek peace and pursue it!" Above all, though, it was the sights that they pursued.

On Tuesday night, they visited the pope. When their audience ended at around 8 p.m., St. Peter's Square was littered with plastic bottles, lyrics to hymns, Haribo bags and banana peels. The situation was similar at Pius XII Square, located just before it. The garbage bags on the side of the street had long since overflowed or burst. Even the pious produce refuse.

Rome is all about long nights on the piazza, with pasta, red wine and jovial singing. Late at night, though, tourists are no longer allowed to drink alcohol on the streets of Rome, with Mayor Virginia Raggi having decreed in 2017 that the ban would be imposed each year between July and October.

Rome needs tourists -- but it also needs to rein them in. This is most evident at the Trevi Fountain, where the first visitors start showing up early in the morning. Police stand guard around the clock so that nobody misbehaves. If someone holds their foot too close to the water, a carabinieri blows his whistle -- and those who dare to jump into the fountain face a fine of up to 450 euros under rules imposed last year by the mayor.

As a source of revenue, though, the visitors are highly welcome. Many throw coins over their shoulders into the fountain, because they believe it means they will return to Rome. Municipal workers regularly vacuum the coins out of the fountain, adding up to 1 million euros a year, which are donated to Rome's Catholic charity Caritas.

Marco D'Eramo lives right next door to Rome's Colosseum. He can monitor the daily growth of tourism right outside the front door of his seven-story building. Until about 15 years ago, all of his neighbors were Italian, but now 12 of the 40 units are holiday rentals.

Not long ago, D'Eramo set out to write down what was happening around him. But he quickly realized that there was much more to the story. So he wrote a book called "The World in a Selfie," which provides a thorough description of what he calls the "tourist era."

He believes the transformation of entire cities due to tourism follows a simple economic logic: The needs of the locals do not correspond with the needs of the tourists. Whereas a local resident might need a cobbler, the tourist wants a snack. With the rise of tourism, craftsman establishments are being transformed into fast food outlets -- and the neighbor with worn-out shoes ultimately loses out.

The transformation of an entire city happens very fast, d'Eramo has observed. If the Lonely Planet guide reports on a market, where "the locals do their shopping," more and more tourists flood the place. "At first it still looks authentic. But increasingly, items are sold that are of interest for tourists. And before long, the insider tip has become a purely tourist market."

In 2017, 14.7 million visitors poured through Rome's alleyways, representing one quarter of all visitors to Italy. Overnight visitors stayed an average of 2.5 days, much like in other major European cities.

Travelers rarely end up in the surrounding areas, in Frascati, Tivoli or other parts of the region, known as Latium. Giuntarelli, Rome's chief tourism official, would like to redirect them to the smaller towns and cities in the region, where they could experience the Italian way of life, "good food, good wine." Or follow the Way of St. Francis pilgrimage trail, which runs through Latium.

Giuntarelli extols the virtues of Latium in newspaper and radio ads and distributes pamphlets at tourism expos. One of them advertises Latium as a great site for a wedding, another presents Latium's thermal baths. Giuntarelli also wants to make the region known as a golf destination. "We're working on it," he says.

Little Money, But Lots of Garbage

Because Latium isn't alone in its problems, the region has teamed up with NecsTour, a network of 37 European regions that have committed themselves to sustainable tourism, a form of travel that satisfies economies and vacationers without harming the environment.

In other words, the opposite of cruise ships. "That is not the tourism that we want to support," says Giuntarelli.

The gigantic ships belch massive amounts of pollution into the air and contribute little to regional trade or the local hospitality industries. Their passengers are only in the city for a few hours, they spend their nights on board and often eat food they bring with them when they go on land. They leave behind little money, but lots of garbage. "Cruise ship tourism is good," says Giuntarelli with a resigned smile, "for the cruise ship operators."

In Dubrovnik, Croatia, cruise ship passengers only spend an average of 24 euros per day compared to an average of 160 euros per day spent by other visitors. The city is suffering more than most from the onslaught of the tourists. Since its picturesque Old Town became the backdrop for the fantasy saga "Game of Thrones," the number of visitors has risen dramatically. Each year, 800,000 people arrive on cruise ships alone.

Dubrovnik has 42,000 inhabitants -- and most of them prefer to stay home when the cruise ships arrive. But because not only the residents, but also the medieval city structures themselves, are suffering, the number of visitors is to be reduced to 8,000 people per day. Otherwise, UNESCO has threatened to strip the city of its status as a World Heritage site.

"A new approach is now being considered -- one that moves away from the one-sided thinking about growth that has characterized tourism policy in most cities so far," says urban planner Johannes Novy, who is currently researching urban development and tourism at London's Westminster University. He says that for too long, the question was: How do we lure more tourists to a city? "It was not about other goals, including the question of how one could work to counter the negative consequences." Novy says that tourism itself isn't always the problem, but certain aspects of it -- "for example, the party tourism that is pervasive in many cities, or the longtime unrestrained boom in holiday rentals."

Increasingly, he says, those in positions of responsibility have begun trying to combat the "growing pains" associated with the travel boom, as Novy calls it. They want to redirect the streams of tourists, as officials in Rome are trying to do, or even to limit them, as Dubrovnik is doing. Barcelona is no longer approving new hotels, Paris has strictly regulated Airbnb and other apartment-rental platforms and Palma de Mallorca has even completely banned the renting of holiday apartments on the platform. But no other city is taking measures as rigorously as Amsterdam.

The Last Resort

But still they exist, the cities and regions that welcome the tourists who are no longer as welcome elsewhere, where nobody gets worked up about constant parties and binge drinking rituals.

Daniel Stefanov is standing on a podium, squeezed between a street and the beach, where he watches the crowd as it sinks into the foam. His helpers have placed two foam cannons by the dance floor at the Megapark Dolphin, a giant, insane party venue that Stefanov has created with his business partners at Golden Sands, Bulgaria. From one cannon, the foam is spraying like raw cake batter onto the partying vacationers, while fine soap clouds are raining out of the other one. The crowd, standing in knee-deep foam, cheers.

Stefanov has come one step closer to fulfilling his goal: that of turning Golden Sands into a regular destination for partying German tourists, an alternative to El Arenal and Playa de Palma.

Fifteen years ago, Stefanov and his partner Sava Daritkov, 44, opened the outdoor nightclub Megapark Dolphin in Slatni Pjasazi, a vacation spot on the Black Sea. The club is filled with swimming pools and an adjacent dance floor. Eight years ago, they added the "partystadl," or "party city," where German pop music is played and a half-liter of beer costs the equivalent of 2 euros.

Stefanov and Daritkov have invested a lot into their dream. They imported hefeweizen wheat beer from Germany and hired singers who otherwise performed at establishments in Mallorca that are popular among German party tourists. And they began organizing foam parties. For 20 euros cover, visitors can drink the cocktails of their choice for an hour and get covered in foam, every Tuesday and Saturday.

This season has proven more successful than any that has come before. First came the wave of high-school graduates coming from Germany in the early summer. They were followed by football and bowling clubs. Their guests tend to be men and women in their early and mid-20s who only need three things for a successful vacation: "sun, sand and suds." The trend is likely to continue until late September, Daritkov says. And there is one more thing he really wants to say: "We're pleased about all the visitors."

It's a sentence that has taken on a new meaning in an age when tourists partying to excess with buckets of cheap sangria are no longer welcome in many places. Mallorca no longer wants to be a party island and has even banned nighttime binge drinking and sex on the beach. Golden Sands, the message seems to be, isn't only cheap, but the party isn't over.

Niklas, Marvin and Marcel are standing at the bar at Megapark Dolphin holding a glass of vodka with peach, wearing bright green vests with the motto of their previous trip, an excursion last year to Mallorca: "Malle 2017. Buckets for everyone." They were there with about a dozen friends. The new rules on Mallorca, says Niklas, a 24-year-old car mechatronics technician, are the reason they decided to come to Bulgaria. He says they had witnessed in El Arenal how Spanish police arrived with three cars when a bucket of sangria was spotted on the beach despite the ban. They thought the reaction was a bit over the top.

The situation is altogether different at Golden Sands. There are no residents here to complain about the ruckus. 

By Dinah Deckstein, Lothar Gorris, Sebastian Hammelehle, Nils Klawitter, Alexander Kühn, Armin Mahler, Martin U. Müller, Ann-Kathrin Nezik, Raniah Salloum and Robin Wille
          Florence might dump 10 TRILLION gallons of rain on North Carolina      Cache   Translate Page      
That's enough water to fill millions of Olympic-sized swimming pools.

          This economy is definitely not Obama’s recovery      Cache   Translate Page      
Barack Obama is trying to take credit for the booming economy under President Trump. “When you hear how great the economy is doing right now,” Obama said on the campaign trail for Democratic candidates a few days ago, “let’s just remember when this recovery started.” By this logic, the Kingston Trio laid the groundwork for the Beatles. But the contrast in economic performance between the two presidents is undeniable. Obama’s multitrillion-dollar spend-and-borrow policies produced 2 percent growth. In his final year, Obama handed off to Trump an economy that was limping at 1.6 percent. After only 18 months in office,...
          Global Warming May Cause Hurricanes To Become Rainier And Deadlier, Say Scientists      Cache   Translate Page      

In this satellite image provided by U.S. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Hurricane Florence churns through the Atlantic Ocean toward the U.S. East Coast on September 12, 2018.

The Carolinas and Virginia are preparing for the onslaught of Hurricane Florence later this week and one of the most life-threatening elements of the storm is the amount of rainfall predicted to hit the area, reports Vox.

The National Hurricane Center has warned that North Carolina is expected to take the brunt of the downpours, predicting rainfall of 20 to 30 inches over the course of several days, and up to 40 inches in certain regions. The storm is predicted to dump up to 10 trillion gallons of rain over the affected areas, enough to cause “catastrophic flash flooding and significant river flooding.”

Click here to continue and read more...


          Sources of Personal Income 2016 Update      Cache   Translate Page      
Key Findings Taxpayers reported $10.4 trillion of total income on their 2016 tax returns. Seventy percent ($7.2 trillion) of total income reported on the 1040 consists of wages and salaries, and about 83 percent of all tax filers report wage income. Pensions and retirement accounts are an important source of capital income for the middle […]
          The Incredible Shrinking Hedge Fund      Cache   Translate Page      
(Bloomberg) You’d be forgiven for thinking the hedge fund industry might be starting to rebound. Industry assets are at a record $3.2 trillion this year, and a brand-new ?rm just brought in an unprecedented $8 billion. But the reality isn’t […]
          ETF Brings Credit Derivatives Loved by Hedge Funds to Masses      Cache   Translate Page      
(Bloomberg) After revolutionizing the way investors buy everything from equities to gold, ETFs are now threatening to disrupt the trillion-dollar market in credit derivatives. To read this article:
          Florence might dump 10 trillion gallons of rain on North Carolina      Cache   Translate Page      
People often use the word trillions when they're overexaggerating something. This is no exaggeration.

          Do Central Banks Serve the People?      Cache   Translate Page      

 
Central banks have become the go-to institution of modern economies. In the wake of the 2007 financial crisis, they injected trillions of dollars of liquidity – through a process known as quantitative easing – first to prevent financial meltdown and later to stimulate the economy. The untold story behind these measures, and behind the changing roles of central banks generally, is that they have come at a considerable cost. 

Central banks argue we had

Read More...

          Do Central Banks Serve the People?      Cache   Translate Page      

 
Central banks have become the go-to institution of modern economies. In the wake of the 2007 financial crisis, they injected trillions of dollars of liquidity – through a process known as quantitative easing – first to prevent financial meltdown and later to stimulate the economy. The untold story behind these measures, and behind the changing roles of central banks generally, is that they have come at a considerable cost. 

Central banks argue we had

Read More...

          I’ll be a $1 trillion RIA due to digital: Q&A with InVest speaker Ric Edelman      Cache   Translate Page      
The founder of Edelman Financial Services says his critiques of automated advice have been proven right, and that the merger with Financial Engines sets his firm to reach new industry heights.
          The only 8 surprises from Apple’s big iPhone XS event      Cache   Translate Page      

For Apple fans, the wait for yesterday's big press conference seemed like it was going to last an eternity. Details surrounding Apple's next-generation iPhone XS, iPhone XS Max, and iPhone XR began leaking more than a year ago when the world's top Apple insider revealed that Apple had three new iPhone models planned for 2018. The flow of leaks has been constant all year long, painting a clearer picture with each passing day. Then, just one week before Apple's big event, nearly all the remaining details leak when Apple accidentally posted iPhone XS and Apple Watch Series 4 marketing materials on its website.

We definitely knew almost everything there was to know about Apple's next-generation iPhones and Watch models before Apple executives even took the stage on Wednesday. That said, they still had a few tricks up their sleeves to surprise us with. In this post, we'll recap the only eight big surprises from Apple's press conference.

Prices

We had a good idea that this year's new iPhone models were going to be expensive, but holy moly we had no idea just how expensive they were going to be. In fact, rumors suggested that the new iPhone XS would start at $899 this year instead of $999. Sadly, that's not the case at all. It's funny, though: last year Wall Street analysts flipped out when Apple announced the iPhone X starting at $999. This year, Apple's top-end iPhone is even more expensive than a MacBook and Wall Street is loving it.

Here's how pricing breaks down for the iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max:

iPhone XS

  • 64GB: $999
  • 256GB: $1,149
  • 512GB: $1,399

iPhone XS Max

  • 64GB: $1,099
  • 256GB: $1,249
  • 512GB: $1,449

That's right, boys and girls, Apple is about to start selling an iPhone that costs more than $1,500 after taxes. What a time to be alive.

Where the iPhone XR is concerned, things are even worse. Rumors suggested the XR would be a lower-cost alternative to the iPhone XS and XS Max, with the iPhone XR likely to start at around $650. Unfortunately, that's not the case at all. It's cheaper than Apple's other new iPhones, but not by much.

iPhone XR

  • 64GB: $749
  • 128GB: $799
  • 256GB: $899

iPhone XR release date

There were a few rumors here and there that said Apple might have to delay the release date for the iPhone XR due to manufacturing difficulties, but most people didn't pay them any mind. According to those rumors, Apple's partners were having problems with light leakage around the outside of the phone's LCD display, and they needed more time to iron out the wrinkles. Whether that's the case or Apple just wants to make sure that as many early adopters as possible go for the more expensive iPhone XS or iPhone XS Max, it turns out that the iPhone XR won't be released until next month. Pre-orders open on October 18th with a release to follow on October 26th.

No AirPower

Remember that really cool wireless charging mat that Apple unveiled more than a year ago? Well reports suggested that Apple would finally announce release information during yesterday's event. Instead, Apple removed any and all mention of the AirPower from its website. No one really knows what's going on, but if you really want a wireless triple charger you can already get one on Amazon.

Faster Face ID

This is one of those rare instances when the world's top Apple insider, TF International Securities analyst Ming-Chi Kuo, was wrong. Stop the presses!

Kuo reported many months ago that Face ID wouldn't undergo any changes on this year's new iPhones. That... isn't the case at all. Instead, Apple upgraded both the hardware and the software that handles Face ID. Improvements to the TrueDepth camera system and to the A12 Bionic SoC will apparently give Face ID a big speed boost, and tweaks on the software side will help things even further.

New cameras

Apple improves the cameras on its iPhones every year so we expected some type of improvements, but we had no idea what they would be. Apple ended up announcing what may end up being the most impressive smartphone camera system in the world when the iPhone XS and iPhone XS MaX are released next week.

The new camera still has two 12-megapixel sensors, one with a wide-angle lens and the other with a telephoto lens. All of the components in the camera system have been upgraded though, and the sensor is now twice as fast.

In addition to hardware changes in the camera itself and software enhancements like Smart HDR, the new A12 Bionic chipset has an upgraded image signal processor (ISP) that further improves photo processing speeds and image quality.

Depth effect

There's plenty to look forward to with Apple's upcoming new iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max camera, but one feature in particular came as a surprise. It wasn't just a surprise because it hadn't been revealed in rumors, but also because it's something no other camera in the world can do. On Apple's new iPhones, you can actually adjust the depth of field in a Portrait Mode photograph after you've taken the picture! Even more impressive is the fact that the iPhone XR has this feature as well, despite the fact that it only has a single-lens rear camera. It's likely not quite as impressive as it is on the iPhone XS and XS Max, but it's still another industry first.

A12 Bionic

We obviously knew that Apple would reveal its next-generation processor alongside its new iPhones. We also knew the iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max would be the first smartphones in the world to ship with 7-nanometer chipsets. What we didn't know, however, is just how massive an upgrade the A12 Bionic would be.

This industry-first 7nm SoC has a 6-core CPU with two high-performance cores and four high-efficiency cores. The cores can run independently or all the same time, depending on the tasks at hand. The A12 also has a new 4-core GPU that is 50% faster than the A11’s GPU, and there’s an upgraded 8-core neural engine and a brand new image signal processor (ISP) as well. Apple says the A12 Bionic can process 5 trillion operations per second, which compares to 600 billion in the A11.

A12 Bionic in the iPhone XR

Last but certainly not least, the fact that the iPhone XR is also powered by the A12 Bionic SoC came as a big surprise. Rumors positioned the iPhone XR as an upper mid-range phone that would feature more modest specs and pricing that started in the $600 range. The phone's specs are a bit less impressive than the iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max, but just barely. In fact, the iPhone XR will end up being more powerful than most flagship Android phones over the year to come.

Since rumors positioned the iPhone XR as a sort of iPhone SE upgrade, many people assumed that it would be powered by last year's A11 Bionic chipset so that Apple could keep costs down. That's not the case though, and the iPhone XR gets the same impressive A12 Bionic SoC as the iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max.


          9/13/2018: BUSINESS: Taking the plunge Apple launches iPhone XS and XS      Cache   Translate Page      

Trilliondollar Apple unveils pricey new iPhones and a larger smartwatch,
          9/13/2018: BUSINESS | INNOVATION: Should we be fear the dominance of trillion dollar companies?      Cache   Translate Page      

What do you make of the news in the past few weeks that we now have not one but two international US tech companies with market capitalisations exceeding a trillion dollars? Does this represent any more than just another big number milestone for sales...
          This Economy Is Definitely Not Obama's Recovery      Cache   Translate Page      
Stephen Moore, New York Post
But the contrast in economic performance between the two presidents is undeniable. Obama’s multitrillion-dollar spend-and-borrow policies produced 2 percent growth. In his final year, Obama handed off to Trump an economy that was limping at 1.6 percent.
          Apple unveils new premium iPhone XS, health features for watch       Cache   Translate Page      

Apple on Wednesday unveiled updated versions of its priciest iPhones along with a new smartwatch that allows users to take their own electrocardiograms, as the US tech giant looks to boost its momentum in a sputtering market.

The California tech giant revealed its iPhone XS and iPhone XS Max, updating the top-of-the line handsets released a year earlier. The new devices are aimed at maintaining Apple's share in the premium segment.

“We are going to take iPhone X to the next level,” chief executive Tim Cook said at a media event at the company's headquarters in Cupertino, California.

The new phones have displays of 5.8 and 6.5 inches, boosting screen size while keeping a small-format handset, Apple vice president Phil Schiller said.

The September event allows the company to unveil its latest offerings before the key holiday shopping season.

While the iPhone has made Apple the world's most valuable company, worth more than $1 trillion, it has slipped to third place among smartphone makers as Chinese-based Huawei has grabbed the number two spot.

Analyst Patrick Moorhead of Moor Insights & Strategy said Apple had done enough “to keep its smartphone growth going until the competition responds.”

New smartwatch features

Apple also introduced a fourth generation of Apple Watch with a major redesign -- and a series of features designed to improve its performance as a medical and health device.

The watch, sold in the United States from $399 and up, will be available in stores on September 21.

“Apple Watch has become an intelligent guardian for your health,” chief operating officer Jeff Williams said.

He highlighted a major innovation -- the watch's ability to perform an electrocardiogram.

“This is the first ECG product offered over the counter directly to consumers,” he said. “Now you can take an ECG any time, anywhere, right from the wrist.”

The device also detects when a person suffers a fall, seen as an important feature for elderly or disabled users.

“Identifying a fall may sound like a straightforward problem, but it requires a lot of data analysis,” Williams said.

If a person falls, and then is motionless, the watch will call emergency services, he added.

'Crossroads'

Research firm CB Insights said Apple is at a “crossroads” a decade after introducing the iPhone. “Looking for the next wave, Apple is clearly expanding into augmented reality and wearables with the Apple Watch and AirPods wireless headphones,” the firm said.

“But the next 'big one' -- a success and growth driver on the scale of the iPhone -- has not yet been determined. Will it be augmented reality, auto, wearables? Or something else entirely?”

Apple's event comes with the global smartphone market largely saturated, without a major catalyst for sales ahead of a likely rollout of 5G, or fifth generation, wireless networks, expected in 2019.

Research firm IDC expects worldwide smartphone shipments to decline 0.7 percent in 2018 to 1.455 billion units, with growth likely to resume as 5G devices become available.

Cook said Apple was nearing its two billionth device for its mobile operating system known as iOS.

“We are about to hit a major milestone. We are about to ship our two billionth iOS device,” he said. “This is astonishing -- iOS has changed the way we live. “


          Comment on High-Speed Rail Conference Kicks off in San Jose by LazyReader      Cache   Translate Page      
High-speed rail was first introduced in Japan in the 1960s. Glad they brought that up. Japan before the Shinkansen came online, no more than 5% of Japanese households had a car. Even as the system expanded, automobile use exploded. 1990's 65% of Japanese households had a car. 2015, over 75% of Japanese households had a car and I don't know why Japan is incentivized to build more rail when it's population is declining they'll have 10 million fewer people by 2030, which means fewer passengers. The Shinkansen certainly added to Japan’s technological prestige in the 1960s. But they were “successful” only in the sense that they (barely) covered their operating costs. They never came close to covering their capital costs, and they failed to discernibly slow the growth of auto travel. Japan serves as a lesson for what grandiose infrastructure spending can ravage the economy and set you down the path of sweeping debt. Japan’s rural areas have been paved over and filled in with roads, dams and other big infrastructure projects, the legacy of trillions of dollars spent to lift the economy from a severe downturn caused by the bursting of a real estate bubble in the late 1980s. During those nearly two decades, Japan accumulated the largest public debt in the developed world; a whopping 180% of their GDP. In total, Japan spent $6.3 trillion on construction-related public investment between 1991-2009. However the having neglected its roads, bridges, water treatment plants and more over the years, the United States is bound to generate a greater payback for such spending than say Japan. Reinvesting in crumbling infrastructure rather than building new stuff seems like a wise use of dollars.
          Federal Budget Deficit Set To End Fiscal Year Near $1 Trillion, And Continue Growing      Cache   Translate Page      
The Federal Budget Deficit is set to end the Fiscal Year close to $1 trillion, and to continue growing after that.
          Tax reform 2.0 introduced in House, secures Trump tax cuts      Cache   Translate Page      

#source%3Dgooglier%2Ecom#https%3A%2F%2Fgooglier%2Ecom%2Fpage%2F%2F10000

The economic boom America is experiencing has received a boost in the form of legislation introduced in the House this week. Buried in the midst of the stories garnering headlines – Hurricane Florence, Obama’s speeches vilifying Republicans as he bemoans a lack of civility in Trump’s America and the debunking of partisan attacks against Judge Kavanaugh, among others – House Republicans introduced three bills to continue slashing taxes and reforming the tax code. Most importantly, the legislation will make permanent the legislation passed in 2017 for individuals and small businesses. They also ease rules for retirement savings and for start-up businesses.

H.R. 6760 – Protecting Family and Small Business Tax Cut Act – makes the last tax cuts made in 2017 permanent, eliminating the expiration in 2025. The Family Savings Act – H.R. 6757 – amends the tax code to encourage family and retirement saving. The American Innovation Act – H.R. 6756 – promotes new business innovation.

Does this all have time to be voted on and move to the Senate before the session’s end? Probably not. But, it can be re-introduced in the new session and move through Congress (as long as both the House and Senate hold GOP majorities) to keep the Trump economic boom rolling along. If Democrats gain control of the House, rest assured that the tax cuts will not become permanent and they will look for ways to increase taxes, not lower them, to increase funding of social programs.

In their bid to retake control of Congress, many Democratic candidates are pointing to the $1.5 trillion tax cut — and what they say are its exclusive benefits for corporations and wealthy individuals — as a roadblock to expanding benefits like Social Security and Medicare. Chipping away at some of the law’s costly provisions will help to fund those programs, they say.

House Ways and Means Chairman Rep. Kevin Brady (R-TX) issued a statement after the bills were introduced and concluded on a hopeful note.

“Under our new system, we’re seeing incredible job growth, bigger paychecks, and a tax code that works on behalf of families and American businesses. Now it’s the time to ensure we never let our tax code become so outdated again. We look forward to bringing these bills to the committee soon.”

Americans for Tax Reform President Grover Norquist gave his blessing to the legislation, too.

“It sets up efforts so your 401(k), your IRA, your health savings account, your education savings account can come together and be more portable, be larger and allow you to save more tax-free,” Norquist said on Tuesday.

Some further good economic news is in the headlines today. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, middle-class family income is now at an all-time high.

The median U.S. household earned $61,372 last year, meaning half of the families in the country brought in more income than this and half earned less.

Crossing the $61,000 mark was important as it signals the American middle-class is earning a little more than it did in 1999, although the Census Bureau cautions median income is still not “statistically significant” from the late 1990s. All the income figures have been adjusted for inflation and are reported in 2017 dollars.

The tax cuts and economic policies of President Trump have set the economy on a course that benefits the very voters to whom he made economic promises. Though Democrats continue to pooh-pooh the policies and utter the tired, wrong-headed trope that only the wealthy benefitted, the middle-class is being lifted up from the stagnant Obama economy inherited by President Trump. The crumbs, as Minority Leader Pelosi calls the tax cuts, are certainly adding up for the average American worker. What may seem as nothing to a multi-millionaire like Nancy Pelosi are very real dollars for working folks who can parlay the savings into family vacations, increased savings for their kids’  education and their own retirement savings. This is why consumer confidence is at an all-time high. Regular Americans get it, despite Democrats assuming they are ignorant of some real facts.

The jobs market is helping improve the economic reality for families, too. Many people have been able to move from part-time work to full-time employment as a result of businesses expanding and hiring, thanks to the growing economy.

“We’re continuing to see a shift from part-time to full-time work, so some of that could explain an increase in income,” said Trudi Renwick, an assistant division chief at Census Bureau.

The Census Bureau also reported that the U.S. poverty rate declined modestly to 12.3 percent, the lowest level in years and a sign the economic devastation from the Great Recession is subsiding.

All of this good news is at the hands of a Republican president and administration. With American economic development at the forefront of his agenda, President Trump deserves the lion’s share of credit, despite what Barack Obama tells his audiences. Obama oversaw the slowest economic recovery from the 2008 crash since the Great Depression. The economy was stagnant and Americans were in a malaise not seen since the disastrous Jimmy Carter administration. Trump brings real hope and change in the minds of working Americans. White House Council of Economics Chairman Kevin Hassett laid it all out in a White House press corps press briefing this week.

Hassett explained that small business optimism had been on the decline before the November 2016 election. The percentage of businesses saying it’s a good time to expand was, too. Business investment was stagnant. All those turned upward starting in 2017. Applications for new businesses are now well above the trend over Obama’s entire second term, Hassett noted. And blue-collar jobs are growing faster than any time since the Reagan administration.

Who would want to go back to the old days of the slowest economic growth in American history? Not me.

The post Tax reform 2.0 introduced in House, secures Trump tax cuts appeared first on Hot Air.


          Chinese e-com market hit $4 trillion in 2017      Cache   Translate Page      

          Comment on Trump's Polling Turns South by Michale      Cache   Translate Page      
This economy is definitely not Obama’s recovery Barack Obama is trying to take credit for the booming economy under President Trump. “When you hear how great the economy is doing right now,” Obama said on the campaign trail for Democratic candidates a few days ago, “let’s just remember when this recovery started.” By this logic, the Kingston Trio laid the groundwork for the Beatles. But the contrast in economic performance between the two presidents is undeniable. Obama’s multitrillion-dollar spend-and-borrow policies produced 2 percent growth. In his final year, Obama handed off to Trump an economy that was limping at 1.6 percent. After only 18 months in office, Trump has elevated growth to 3 percent on an annual rate and the latest projections are that the growth rate for the second and third quarter (which ends Sept. 30) will be over 4 percent. One might say all it took to get the economy really crackling was getting Obama out of office. Obama is right that this has been a long recovery — beginning in June 2009. But the real economic boom started almost the day after the election in 2016 with the surge in small business, investor and consumer confidence. No one on the left, least of all Obama, thought this was remotely possible. 6/16 https://nypost.com/2018/09/12/this-economy-definitely-is-not-obamas-recovery/ It's funny.. Ya'all accepted Obama's "You didn't build that" bullshit.. Yet NOW... NOW that things about the economy are AWESOME... NOW ya'all want to back pedal and claim that Odumbo DID, in fact, build that.. :^/
          Comment on Getting Into the Top Ivies These Days by Dick the Butcher      Cache   Translate Page      
All that is sound advice for life, in general. Plus, see the above comments. And, why would anybody want to go to a Ivy? Pitchforks? How about 300 million guns and eight trillion bullets? Did Elon Musk attend an Ivy? Asking for a friend. Me: Short Tesla.
          Locking up toddlers in cages. Adding trillions to the debt. (HeavyHemi)      Cache   Translate Page      
none
          Europe's Bankers Are the Big Post-Lehman Losers      Cache   Translate Page      
Edward Evans, Bloomberg View
On almost any measure, Europe's lenders have been the loser from the financial crisis. They are less profitable and less valuable than they were in 2008. They've lost market share to Wall Street rivals, whose share prices have recovered handsomely. The market capitalization of the Standard & Poor's Financial Sector Index has climbed to $3.4 trillion today.
          UBS expects London to lose 25% of a €1 trillion-a-day business due to Brexit      Cache   Translate Page      

People walk past the London Stock Exchange Group offices in the City of London, Britain, December 29, 2017.

  • UBS: LCH, the London clearing house owned by the London Stock Exchange, is likely to lose at least 25% of its euro clearing volumes as a result of Brexit.
  • LCH processes the bulk of all euro clearing in the UK, which is a €1 trillion-a-day business.
  • Even if Britain avoids a "hard" Brexit, UBS expects volumes to shift to the continent as regulators order firms to do so to guard against the potential risk.
  • Deutsche Bank, Barclays, and HSBC have all moved some of their euro-denominated clearing business to the continent in recent months.

LONDON — UBS expects London to lose at least 25% of its euro clearing volumes as a result of Brexit and thinks the losses could be even greater in the event of a disruptive exit from the EU.

UBS said in a note on Thursday that it expects the London Stock Exchange's London Clearing House (LCH) to suffer a "25% loss of market share of the euro-denominated clearing market."

Clearing is where a company acts as a middleman, sitting between two parties in a financial contract such as an interest rate swap. Clearinghouses are meant to reduce the risk of a domino effect of defaults if one firm in a contract fails to pay up. Clearinghouses instead bare this risk and are well guarded against them.

London dominates the market for clearing contracts priced in euros and LCH is by far the biggest venue. LCH regularly clears around €1 trillion-a-day in contracts, representing around three-quarters of the global market. Euro-denominated contracts make up roughly a quarter of LCH's daily volumes.

UBS analysts Michael Werner and Federico Braga said on Thursday that they expect LCH to lose volumes "no matter the outcome" of Brexit as "regulators like the EBA are encouraging institutions to prepare for a worst-case outcome to mitigate market disruptions upon Brexit.

"This is forcing institutions to increase connectivity with Eurex as a risk mitigation effort, significantly reducing its customer acquisition costs and challenges."

Eurex is a rival German clearinghouse owned by Deutsche Borse. Deutsche Bank shifted 50% of its euro clearing volumes from LCH to Eurex in July. HSBC and Barclays also shifted volumes to Eurex earlier in the year, according to the FT.

"Notional outstanding of OTC [over the counter] contracts cleared at DB1 [Deutsche Borse] was €8.4tn at the end of August, up from just €1.8tn at year-end 2017," UBS' analysts write.

"We expect increased competition from DB1's Eurex to drive the migration of ~25% market share of the high margin dealer-to-client euro clearing business from LSE to DB1 by year-end 2020."

The Swiss bank cuts its earnings per share estimate for the London Stock Exchange in by 2-3% between 2019-21 as a result of this forecast drop off in volumes.

UBS added that this is their analysts' base case, which "assume[s] the EU and UK will sign a provisional exit agreement that will minimize disruption in the underlying markets."

In UBS' worst case scenario, the UK would suffer a "hard" Brexit in which it crashes out of the EU without any deal on future trading arrangements. If this were to happen, it "would prohibit the clearing at LCH of ANY derivative contracts (not just euro-denominated contracts) by EU-domiciled entities," the analysts write.

"In this scenario, we would expect much of the clearing business for US$ denominated contracts would move to the US, which has been granted equivalence by the EU under EMIR."

SEE ALSO: Deutsche Bank is shifting business out of London — and it hints at a troubling post-Brexit future for a $1 trillion industry

Join the conversation about this story »

NOW WATCH: How Publishers Clearing House makes $1 billion a year


          Blockchain to Boost Trade Finance by $1 Trillion in Ten Years: World Economic Forum      Cache   Translate Page      

Innovations in blockchain technology are making it easier for businesses and nations to conduct cross-border trade. According to the World Economic Forum (WEF), distributed ledger technologies could add $1 trillion to global trade finance over the next decade. Trillion-Dollar Boost In a newly released report titled Trade Tech – A New Age for Trade and […]

The post Blockchain to Boost Trade Finance by $1 Trillion in Ten Years: World Economic Forum appeared first on Hacked: Hacking Finance.


          How Can the US Win at 5G?      Cache   Translate Page      
Meredith Attwell Baker, president and CEO of CTIA, spoke at MWCA 2018 about the need for improved regulation around 5G. (Image source: Mobile World Congress) 

5G will be a key enabler for autonomous cars, the ever-expanding Internet of Things (IoT), smarter and faster artificial intelligence, and the push toward smart cities. But that's only if regulators can either get on board or get out of the way. The need for regulator support behind 5G was the main focus behind the opening keynote of Mobile World Congress Americas (MWCA) 2018 in Los Angeles. And while some of that support is already there, plenty of challenges lie ahead.

According to a report released in April by CTIA, a trade association representing the US wireless communications industry, the US is among the top four countries leading the world in “5G readiness.” Yet it currently sits at number three, lagging behind China at number one (holding a “narrow lead,” according to CTIA) and South Korea holding second place. The US is ahead of Japan, which currently sits in fourth place.

Speaking at MWCA, Meredith Attwell Baker, president and CEO of CTIA, stressed the need for the US to lead the 5G race. Baker was optimistic, noting that a year ago, there were no 5G deployments planned in the United Sates—compared to this year, where the first 5G deployments are beginning. Three mobile carriers—Verizon, Spring, and T-Mobile—are planning to launch 5G networks in Los Angeles alone. She said that by 2019, 50 cities across the US will have 5G. “Thank goodness we Americans hate to lose,” she noted.

Speaking as part of the keynote, Sunil Bharti Mittal, chairman of GSMA—a trade organization that represents mobile network operators and organizes Mobile World Congress—was much bolder in his criticisms of how government regulations are obstructing the proliferation of 5G. “Regulators need to be much more sympathetic to the fundamental building blocks of this entire ecosystem,” Mittal said, adding that the mobile industry is taxed at a level comparable to tobacco if one factors in all of the spectrum charges, auctions, and license fees. “This is the most heavily taxed industry in the world...This industry moves the GDP of the world by five percent. And yet it becomes the punching bag for most regulators and finance ministers to grab easy money.”

During her portion of the keynote, Baker called for the FCC to modernize federal rules around 5G and give clear direction to localities for procedures and fees around the technology. “We are competing with nations that approve new wireless sites in weeks or days", she said, noting that it took 30 years for the country to build the 150,000 towers for today's networks. She noted that 5G will require five times as much, but we don't have 30 years to wait.

Let the Spectrum Auctions Begin

Key to the US winning the 5G race will be policies adopted by Congress, the Presidential Administration, and the FCC. “Policymakers are critical to our success...that we have the ability and resources to meet more communities,” Baker said. “Congress, the FCC, and the administration know we can't afford to lose this race. And it starts with spectrum.”

The country will need hundreds of megahertz of new wireless spectrum opened up to facilitate 5G communications. In August, the FCC announced that it had established application and bidding procedures for the first 5G spectrum auctions in the US, covering licenses in the 28 GHz (27.5-28.35 GHz) and 24 GHz (24.25-24.45 and 24.75-25.25 GHz) bands. The FCC says bidding for the 28 GHz UMFUS licenses will commence on November 14, 2018, with bidding for the 24 GHz licenses to commence at a later date after the 28 GHz auction concludes.

In a statement, FCC Chairman Ajit Pai said the commission is planning more auctions in 2019. “In the second half of 2019, we intend to hold an auction of three more millimeter-wave spectrum bands: 37 GHz, 39 GHz, and 47 GHz,” Pai said. “Between that auction and the auctions for which we establish procedures today, we’ll push almost 5 GHz of spectrum into the commercial marketplace over the course of the next 17 months.” Pai said the FCC is also looking to reform its infrastructure rules to be friendlier to small-cell and fiber-based networks. “These are the kinds of aggressive actions we need to take to promote innovation, investment, and United States leadership in 5G,” he said.

The first step toward that infrastructure reform could come as soon as the end of this month. On September 4, FCC commissioner Brendan Carr unveiled a Senate proposal to cut costs and streamline approval periods for 5G small cells. The plan, which is set for a vote at the FCC's Open Meeting on September 25, aims to reform laws around the large towers built to provide wireless coverage to large areas to make small cell deployments easier. “Policymakers can’t claim success if 5G is only deployed in big cities like New York and San Francisco,” Carr said in a release statement. “Those ‘must serve’ cities will get next-gen mobile broadband almost regardless of what we do. Success means every community getting a fair shot at 5G. To achieve that success, we need to update our rules to match this revolutionary new technology.” 

Small Cells, Big Plans

Small cells like the 5G Radio Dot from Ericsson can be deployed onto existing infrastructure if regulations allow. (Image source: Ericsson)

Because of its higher frequency, 5G covers less range than legacy wireless communications. Therefore, it is deployed via backpack-sized systems called small cells. Less range means more small cells are needed to cover a larger area. Because of their size, small cells can be fitted onto existing structures, such as buildings or even existing cellular towers. And new power-saving transceivers being developed by companies like Analog Devices are promising to make small cells even tinier.

The challenge comes in allowing the industry to deploy these small cells in a cost-effective manner. States like Indiana have already enacted small cell bills that require localities to give the thumbs up or down to small cell deployments within a certain timeframe. It also limits the fees that localities can charge for permission and construction. The FCC plan is modeled after these sort of state-level plans. According to the FCC, since Indiana adopted the bill, the city of Indianapolis has become home to the most intensive 5G investment in America. Over 1000 small cells have been built across the state.

In a statement of his own, Indiana State Senator Jim Merrit, author of the state's small-cell reform legislation, said that removing regulatory obstacles has paved the way for substantial investments in 5G in the state. “We made common-sense changes in our state law to encourage wireless investment, and those efforts are paying off in a tremendous way. This new technology is going to change our world significantly, and I believe Commissioner Carr’s proposals will have that same positive effect on the rest of the nation.”

Meet the Next G, as Profitable as the Last G

In his own portion of the MWCA keynote, Marcelo Claure, executive chairman of Sprint, praised the FCC order, which could speed up small cell deployment. He talked about the effect of 4G networks on the US economy and his belief that 5G will have an even more significant impact. “In 1998, we lost the 3G war," Claure said. “American carriers spent hundreds of billions building 4G LTE networks...4G created the app revolution...Facebook, Uber, Instagram. All of these companies would never thrive if we didn't build a high quality 4G network.”

Claure said the adoption of 4G has added trillions of dollars to the US economy over the years. The same 5G report from CTIA, where Claure also serves as chairman, cites numbers from Recon Analytics that support his claim. The report notes that US leadership in 4G accounted for nearly $100 billion of the increase in annual GDP by 2016 and an 84 percent increase in wireless-related jobs from 2011 to 2014. A 2017 report by Accenture (commissioned by CTIA) estimated that the direct and indirect benefits of 5G could add create up to three million jobs and add approximately $500 billion to US GDP over the first seven years.

Sprint is currently in negotiations to merge with T-Mobile, a move that Claure said would be the “best way for America to win at 5G.” The merger has, however, raised expected antitrust concerns. This week, the FCC said it was pausing its review clock on the merger to further review the complexities that come with two of the nation's largest mobile carriers becoming a single entity.

The White House Steps In?

For its part, the Trump Administration has been shown to be making 5G a priority. In March, President Trump issued an executive order blocking a proposed mega-merger between Broadcom and Qualcomm. Trump cited concerns over national security in his executive order, but analysts have speculated that the move was also motivated by attempts to maintain the US position as a leader in 5G by not allowing Singapore-based Broadcom to take over Qualcomm.

Earlier this year, in regard to the Sprint/T-Mobile deal, US Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross told the press that building a next-generation 5G network was a priority for the Trump Administration—for its potential impact on both commerce and national security.

In January, a leaked memo from Trump's National Security Council discussed the idea of creating a centralized, government-funded, nationwide 5G network. According to leaked documents, some officials believe that having the government build a 5G network itself—rather than relying on third party carriers—would be the best way to ensure that the US holds a lead in 5G and protects itself from cybersecurity threats from “bad actors” (specifically China). The idea of a nationalized 5G network has been widely criticized and shunned by both the industry and politicians, however. The White House later clarified that the idea was merely floated and was not in the process of being enacted as policy.

So, So Worth It

Something as drastic as a having taxpayers foot the b